Document:

EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

 
  

PIONEER ENERGY SERVICES CORP. 

AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 

6.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2022 

INDENTURE 
 Dated as of
March 18, 2014 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 

as Trustee 
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

			
	 TIA

Section
	  	 Indenture

Section

		
	310(a)(1)	  	7.10
	      (a)(2)	  	7.10
	      (a)(3)	  	N.A.
	      (a)(4)	  	N.A.
	      (a)(5)	  	7.10
	      (b)	  	7.10
	311(a)	  	7.11
	      (b)	  	7.11
	312(a)	  	2.05
	      (b)	  	12.03
	      (c)	  	12.03
	313(a)	  	7.06
	      (b)(1)	  	N.A.
	      (b)(2)	  	7.06; 7.07
	      (c)	  	7.06; 12.02
	      (d)	  	7.06
	314(a)	  	6.01; 12.02; 12.05
	      (b)	  	N.A.
	      (c)(1)	  	12.04
	      (c)(2)	  	12.04
	      (c)(3)	  	N.A.
	      (d)	  	N.A.
	      (e)	  	12.05
	      (f)	  	N.A.
	315(a)	  	7.01
	      (b)	  	7.05; 12.02
	      (c)	  	7.01
	      (d)	  	7.01; 7.07
	      (e)	  	6.11
	316(a) (last sentence)	  	2.09
	      (a)(1)(A)	  	6.03; 6.05
	      (a)(1)(B)	  	6.04
	      (a)(2)	  	N.A.
	      (b)	  	6.06; 9.02
	      (c)	  	2.14
	317(a)(1)	  	6.08
	      (a)(2)	  	6.09
	      (b)	  	2.04
	318(a)	  	12.01
	      (b)	  	N.A.
	      (c)	  	12.01

  
 i 

 N.A. means Not Applicable. 

NOTE: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

  
 ii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 ARTICLE I.
	  	 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	  
			
	 Section 1.01.
	  	 Definitions.
	  	 	1	  
			
	 Section 1.02.
	  	 Other Definitions.
	  	 	28	  
			
	 Section 1.03.
	  	 Incorporation by Reference of TIA.
	  	 	28	  
			
	 Section 1.04.
	  	 Rules of Construction.
	  	 	29	  
			
	 ARTICLE II.
	  	 THE NOTES
	  	 	29	  
			
	 Section 2.01.
	  	 Form and Dating.
	  	 	29	  
			
	 Section 2.02.
	  	 Execution and Authentication.
	  	 	31	  
			
	 Section 2.03.
	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent.
	  	 	31	  
			
	 Section 2.04.
	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
	  	 	31	  
			
	 Section 2.05.
	  	 Holder Lists.
	  	 	32	  
			
	 Section 2.06.
	  	 Transfer and Exchange.
	  	 	32	  
			
	 Section 2.07.
	  	 Replacement Notes.
	  	 	48	  
			
	 Section 2.08.
	  	 Outstanding Notes.
	  	 	48	  
			
	 Section 2.09.
	  	 Treasury Notes.
	  	 	49	  
			
	 Section 2.10.
	  	 Temporary Notes.
	  	 	49	  
			
	 Section 2.11.
	  	 Cancellation.
	  	 	49	  
			
	 Section 2.12.
	  	 Overdue Interest; Default Interest; Additional Interest.
	  	 	49	  
			
	 Section 2.13.
	  	 Persons Deemed Owners.
	  	 	50	  
			
	 Section 2.14.
	  	 Interest Payment Date; Record Date.
	  	 	50	  
			
	 ARTICLE III.
	  	 REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE
	  	 	50	  
			
	 Section 3.01.
	  	 Notices to Trustee.
	  	 	50	  
			
	 Section 3.02.
	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.
	  	 	51	  
			
	 Section 3.03.
	  	 Notice of Redemption.
	  	 	51	  
			
	 Section 3.04.
	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
	  	 	52	  
			
	 Section 3.05.
	  	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.
	  	 	52	  
			
	 Section 3.06.
	  	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.
	  	 	53	  
			
	 Section 3.07.
	  	 Optional Redemption.
	  	 	53	  
			
	 Section 3.08.
	  	 No Mandatory Redemption.
	  	 	54	  
			
	 Section 3.09.
	  	 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.
	  	 	54	  

  
 iii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 ARTICLE IV.
	  	 COVENANTS
	  	 	56	  
			
	 Section 4.01.
	  	 Payment of Notes.
	  	 	56	  
			
	 Section 4.02.
	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	  	 	56	  
			
	 Section 4.03.
	  	 Corporate Existence.
	  	 	57	  
			
	 Section 4.04.
	  	 Compliance Certificate.
	  	 	57	  
			
	 Section 4.05.
	  	 Taxes.
	  	 	57	  
			
	 Section 4.06.
	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
	  	 	58	  
			
	 Section 4.07.
	  	 Restricted Payments.
	  	 	58	  
			
	 Section 4.08.
	  	 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
	  	 	62	  
			
	 Section 4.09.
	  	 Liens.
	  	 	66	  
			
	 Section 4.10.
	  	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
	  	 	66	  
			
	 Section 4.11.
	  	 Transactions with Affiliates.
	  	 	67	  
			
	 Section 4.12.
	  	 Business Activities.
	  	 	69	  
			
	 Section 4.13.
	  	 Termination of Covenants.
	  	 	69	  
			
	 Section 4.14.
	  	 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.
	  	 	69	  
			
	 Section 4.15.
	  	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
	  	 	70	  
			
	 Section 4.16.
	  	 Payments for Consent.
	  	 	70	  
			
	 Section 4.17.
	  	 Reports.
	  	 	70	  
			
	 Section 4.18.
	  	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.
	  	 	72	  
			
	 Section 4.19.
	  	 Asset Sales.
	  	 	73	  
			
	 Section 4.20.
	  	 Sale and Leaseback Transactions.
	  	 	75	  
			
	 Section 4.21.
	  	 Secured Indebtedness.
	  	 	75	  
			
	 ARTICLE V.
	  	 SUCCESSORS
	  	 	76	  
			
	 Section 5.01.
	  	 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
	  	 	76	  
			
	 Section 5.02.
	  	 Successor Corporation Substituted.
	  	 	76	  
			
	 ARTICLE VI.
	  	 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	77	  
			
	 Section 6.01.
	  	 Events of Default.
	  	 	77	  
			
	 Section 6.02.
	  	 Acceleration.
	  	 	79	  
			
	 Section 6.03.
	  	 Other Remedies.
	  	 	80	  

  
 iv 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 Section 6.04.
	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults.
	  	 	80	  
			
	 Section 6.05.
	  	 Control by Majority.
	  	 	80	  
			
	 Section 6.06.
	  	 Limitation on Suits.
	  	 	80	  
			
	 Section 6.07.
	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
	  	 	81	  
			
	 Section 6.08.
	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee.
	  	 	81	  
			
	 Section 6.09.
	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
	  	 	81	  
			
	 Section 6.10.
	  	 Priorities.
	  	 	82	  
			
	 Section 6.11.
	  	 Undertaking for Costs.
	  	 	82	  
			
	 Section 6.12.
	  	 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
	  	 	83	  
			
	 ARTICLE VII.
	  	 TRUSTEE
	  	 	83	  
			
	 Section 7.01.
	  	 Duties of Trustee.
	  	 	83	  
			
	 Section 7.02.
	  	 Rights of Trustee.
	  	 	84	  
			
	 Section 7.03.
	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee.
	  	 	85	  
			
	 Section 7.04.
	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	  	 	85	  
			
	 Section 7.05.
	  	 Notice of Defaults.
	  	 	85	  
			
	 Section 7.06.
	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
	  	 	85	  
			
	 Section 7.07.
	  	 Compensation and Indemnity.
	  	 	86	  
			
	 Section 7.08.
	  	 Replacement of Trustee.
	  	 	87	  
			
	 Section 7.09.
	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	 	88	  
			
	 Section 7.10.
	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification.
	  	 	88	  
			
	 Section 7.11.
	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.
	  	 	88	  
			
	 ARTICLE VIII.
	  	 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	88	  
			
	 Section 8.01.
	  	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	 	88	  
			
	 Section 8.02.
	  	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
	  	 	88	  
			
	 Section 8.03.
	  	 Covenant Defeasance.
	  	 	89	  
			
	 Section 8.04.
	  	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	 	90	  
			
	 Section 8.05.
	  	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
	  	 	91	  
			
	 Section 8.06.
	  	 Repayment to Company.
	  	 	92	  
			
	 Section 8.07.
	  	 Reinstatement.
	  	 	92	  

  
 v 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 ARTICLE IX.
	  	 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 	93	  
			
	 Section 9.01.
	  	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.
	  	 	93	  
			
	 Section 9.02.
	  	 With Consent of Holders of Notes.
	  	 	94	  
			
	 Section 9.03.
	  	 Compliance with TIA.
	  	 	95	  
			
	 Section 9.04.
	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents.
	  	 	95	  
			
	 Section 9.05.
	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
	  	 	96	  
			
	 Section 9.06.
	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	96	  
			
	 ARTICLE X.
	  	 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	 	96	  
			
	 Section 10.01.
	  	 Satisfaction and Discharge.
	  	 	96	  
			
	 Section 10.02.
	  	 Application of Trust Money.
	  	 	97	  
			
	 ARTICLE XI.
	  	 GUARANTEES
	  	 	98	  
			
	 Section 11.01.
	  	 Guarantee.
	  	 	98	  
			
	 Section 11.02.
	  	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.
	  	 	99	  
			
	 Section 11.03.
	  	 Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee.
	  	 	99	  
			
	 Section 11.04.
	  	 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.
	  	 	100	  
			
	 Section 11.05.
	  	 Releases.
	  	 	101	  
			
	 ARTICLE XII.
	  	 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	101	  
			
	 Section 12.01.
	  	 TIA Controls.
	  	 	101	  
			
	 Section 12.02.
	  	 Notices.
	  	 	102	  
			
	 Section 12.03.
	  	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
	  	 	103	  
			
	 Section 12.04.
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
	  	 	103	  
			
	 Section 12.05.
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
	  	 	103	  
			
	 Section 12.06.
	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
	  	 	104	  
			
	 Section 12.07.
	  	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
	  	 	104	  
			
	 Section 12.08.
	  	 Governing Law.
	  	 	104	  
			
	 Section 12.09.
	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
	  	 	104	  
			
	 Section 12.10.
	  	 Successors.
	  	 	104	  
			
	 Section 12.11.
	  	 Severability.
	  	 	105	  
			
	 Section 12.12.
	  	 Counterpart Originals.
	  	 	105	  

  
 vi 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 Section 12.13.
	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	105	  
			
	 Section 12.14.
	  	 Benefit of Indenture.
	  	 	105	  
	  
 EXHIBITS
	  		  			
			
	Exhibit A	  	FORM OF NOTE	  			
	Exhibit B-1	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER	  			
	Exhibit B-2	  	FORM OF INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATE	  			
	Exhibit C	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE	  			
	Exhibit D	  	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE	  			
	Exhibit E	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE	  			

 NOTE: This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

  
 vii 

 INDENTURE, dated as of March 18, 2014, among Pioneer Energy Services Corp., a Texas
corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and any and all successors thereto, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”). 

The Company, the Guarantors, and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Holders (as defined herein) of the 6.125% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”): 
 ARTICLE I. 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY
REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01. Definitions. 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted
Subsidiary of such specified Person (regardless of the form of the applicable transaction by which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary), whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other
Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured
by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness that is extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person. 

Acquired Debt will be deemed to be incurred on the date the acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or the date of the related acquisition of assets
from such Person. 
 “Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing on the Notes pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Additional Notes” means Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued after the Issue Date
under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 (“Form and Dating”), 2.02 (“Execution and Authentication”) and 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof, as part of the same class
as the Initial Notes. 
 “Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the yield, under the
heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable
Treasury Issue with respect to the notes called for redemption (if no maturity is within three months before or after March 15, 2017, yields for the two published maturities most 

 
closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding
to the nearest month) or (ii) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of
the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date, in each case calculated on the third business day immediately preceding the redemption date, plus, in
the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), 0.50%. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly
or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly,
of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock
of a Person will be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 

“Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the excess of: 

(1) the present value at such redemption date of: 

(A) the redemption price of the Note on March 15, 2017 (such redemption price being described in Section 3.07(b)
(“Optional Redemption”) hereof; plus 
 (B) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on the Note
through March 15, 2017 (excluding accrued and unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Adjusted Treasury Rate; over 

(2) the principal amount of the Note on such redemption date. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note,
the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
 “Asset
Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition (a “transfer”) of any assets or
rights by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by
Section 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”) hereof and/or Section 5.01 (“Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets”) hereof, and not by Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) hereof; 

  
 2 

 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted
Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); and 

(3) an Involuntary Transfer. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales: 

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value, or receipt by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Net Proceeds, not in excess of $5.0 million; 
 (2) a transfer of assets
between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) the transfer of assets in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (5) the transfer of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, are
either (a) no longer used or (b) no longer useful in the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(6) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(7) (a) a Permitted Investment or (b) a Restricted Payment that is permitted in accordance with Section 4.07
(“Restricted Payments”) hereof; 
 (8) any Lien permitted by the Indenture; and 

(9) any transfer of assets in trade or exchange for assets of comparable Fair Market Value used or usable in any Permitted
Business (including, without limitation, the trade or exchange for a controlling interest in another business or all or substantially all of the assets or operating line of a business, in each case, engaged in a Permitted Business or for other
non-current assets to be used in a Permitted Business); provided that (A) the Fair Market Value of the assets traded or exchanged by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (including any cash or Cash Equivalents to be delivered by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary) is reasonably equivalent to the Fair Market Value of the assets (together with any cash or Cash Equivalents) to be received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; (B) such trade or exchange, if the
Fair Market Value of the related assets exceeded $25.0 million, is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; and (C) any cash or Cash Equivalents received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such trade or
exchange (net of any transaction costs of the type deducted under the definition of “Net Proceeds”) shall be treated as Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale and shall be applied in the manner set forth in the covenant described in
Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”). 

  
 3 

 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the
time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or
may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that the
Attributable Debt of each of the following sale and leaseback transactions shall, in each case, be zero: 
 (1) a sale and
leaseback transaction in which the lease is for a period, including renewal rights, not in excess of one year; 
 (2) a sale
and leaseback transaction in which the transfer of the related property is made within 270 days of the acquisition or construction of, or the completion of a material improvement to, such property; 

(3) a sale and leaseback transaction in which the lease secures or relates to industrial revenue or pollution control bonds;

 (4) a sale and leaseback transaction in which the transaction is between or among the Company and one or more Restricted
Subsidiaries or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (5) a sale and leaseback transaction pursuant to which the
Company, within 270 days after the completion of the transfer of the related property, applies toward the retirement of its Indebtedness or the Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary, or to the purchase of other property, the greater of the net
proceeds from the transfer of the related property and the Fair Market Value of such property; provided, however, that the amount that must be applied to the retirement of Indebtedness shall be reduced by all fees and expenses associated with the
sale and leaseback transaction. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the
relief of debtors. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the
Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all
securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms
“Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have correlative meanings. 
 “Board of Directors” means:

 (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation; 

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; 

  
 4 

 (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members
or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and 
 (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee
of such Person serving a similar function; 
 and with respect to each of the foregoing, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf thereof.

 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York
are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to
be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any
other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty. 

“Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers
on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, 
 but excluding from all of the
foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) United States dollars; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; 

  
 5 

 (3) certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one
year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in
excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson BankWatch Rating of “B” or better; 
 (4) repurchase obligations with a term
of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 

(5) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within one
year after the date of acquisition; and 
 (6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash
Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition. 
 “Certificated Note” means a
definitive Note in certificated form which is registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such
Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in
one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Exchange Act); 
 (2) the adoption of a plan by the stockholders of the Company relating to the liquidation or dissolution of
the Company other than in a transaction that complies with the provisions in Section 5.01 (“Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets”) hereof; 

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is
that any “person” (as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number
of shares; or 
 (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not
Continuing Directors. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur upon the consummation of any actions undertaken by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries solely for the purpose of effecting a reorganization of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that none of the events described in paragraphs (1) through and including
(4) of this definition has occurred. 

  
 6 

 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 

“Company” means Pioneer Energy Services Corp., a Texas corporation, and any and all successors thereto. 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity
comparable to the remaining term from the redemption date to March 15, 2017, that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a maturity
most nearly equal to March 15, 2017. 
 “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, if
clause (ii) of the Adjusted Treasury Rate is applicable, the average of three, or such lesser number as is obtained by the applicable trustee, Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the redemption date. 

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person for such period plus: 
 (1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss, plus any net loss realized by such
Person or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such expenses and losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the
extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (3) the Fixed
Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(4) depreciation and amortization expenses (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash
expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense
that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation and amortization expenses and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;
plus 
 (5) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue
in the ordinary course of business, 
 in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts in clauses (2), (4) and (5) relating to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor will be added to
Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the Net Income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income of such Person

  
 7 

 
and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to such Person by such Restricted Subsidiary without any prior governmental approval (that has
not been obtained) and by operation of the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that (without duplication): 

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity
method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or
similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its
charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and 

(4) notwithstanding clause (1) above, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be excluded, whether or not
distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries. 
 “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, with respect
to any Person as of any date of determination, the amount which, in accordance with GAAP, would be set forth under the caption “Total Assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, less the sum of (i) all current liabilities and current liability items and (2) all goodwill, patents, trade names, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, experimental expenses, organization expenses and any other similar
intangible assets, in each case, in accordance with GAAP as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available. 

“Consolidated Net Worth” means the total of the amounts shown on a Person’s consolidated balance sheet determined in
accordance with GAAP, as of the end of such Person’s most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available prior to the taking of any action for the purpose of which the determination is being made, as the sum of
(1) the par or stated value of all of such Person’s outstanding Capital Stock, (2) paid-in capital or capital surplus relating to such Capital Stock and (3) any retained earnings or earned surplus less (A) any accumulated
deficit and (B) any amounts attributable to Disqualified Stock. 

  
 8 

 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the
Board of Directors of the Company who: 
 (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or 

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing
Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 (“Notices”) hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 

“Credit Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2011, as amended,
among the Company and the lenders party thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith. 

“Credit Facility” or “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation,
the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to
special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, in each case, as
amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original lender or lenders or another lender). 

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would be, an Event of
Default. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person
specified in Section 2.03 (“Registrar and Paying Agent”) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable
provision of this Indenture. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration
received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration. For the
avoidance of doubt, the assets described in clauses (a)(2)(A), (a)(2)(B), and (a)(2)(C) of Section 4.19 shall not constitute Designated Non-cash Consideration. 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of 

  
 9 

 
the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of
the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because
the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the
terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions prior to compliance by the Company with Section 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase
Upon Change of Control”) and Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) hereof and unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”) hereof. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be
outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such
Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia. 
 “Equity
Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or options, warrants or
rights with respect to such Capital Stock made for cash after the Issue Date. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank,
S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations thereunder. 
 “Exchange Notes” means Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to this
Indenture. 
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth for such term in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth for such term in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Excluded Subsidiaries” means: 

(1) any Foreign Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary. 

  
 10 

 As of the Issue Date and in addition to the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company identified
above in clauses (1) and (2), the following Subsidiaries will be Excluded Subsidiaries and will not be Guarantors: PDC Holdings de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., a Mexican company; PDC Logistics de Mexico, S. de R.L de C.V., a Mexican company; PDC
Drilling Mexicana, S. de R.L. de C.V., a Mexican company; Pioneer Latina Group SDAD, Ltda., a Panamanian corporation; Pioneer de Colombia SDAD, Ltda., a Panamanian corporation; Proveedora Internacional de Taladros S.A.S., a Colombian company; and
Pioneer Services Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate
Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date (other than any other Permitted Debt). 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to consideration received or to be received, or given or to be given, pursuant to any
transaction by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if such consideration is in an amount of at least $25.0 million, the fair market value of such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company,
whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors, and if consideration is less than $25.0 million, the sale value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a
transaction not involving distress or exigent necessity of either party, determined in good faith by a responsible officer of the Company (unless otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture). 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any four-quarter reference period, the ratio of the
Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise retires
any Indebtedness (other than, without duplication, revolving credit borrowings under any Credit Facility and working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems (or converts to, or exchanges for, any Capital Stock of such Person which is
not Disqualifying Stock) any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of such reference period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but on or prior to the date on which the event for which such
calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase,
defeasance, redemption or retirement of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption (or such conversion or exchange) of Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of such period. 
 In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 

(1) acquisitions that have been made by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or
consolidations or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another Person or a business line or division of another Person, and including any related financing transactions, during or subsequent to such reference period and on or
prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the reference period and may be made provided they are in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act; 

  
 11 

 (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as
determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; 

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or
businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the referent Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; 
 (4) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the
Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; 
 (5)
in making such calculation, the Fixed Charges attributable to interest on any Indebtedness calculated on a pro forma basis and bearing a floating rate of interest will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the
applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months); and 

(6) in making such computation, the Fixed Charges of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving
credit facility calculated on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the reference period. 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued
(including, without limitation or duplication, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated
with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all
payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations incurred with respect to Indebtedness; plus 
 (2) the
consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus 

(3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus 

(4) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 

  
 12 

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a
jurisdiction other than the United States, a State thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entities as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable at the date of determination. 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) (“Transfer and
Exchange—Legends—Global Note Legend”) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes,
(i) substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, (ii) deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, (iii) that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges
of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and (iv) issued in accordance with Sections 2.01 (“Form and Dating”), 2.06(b)(3) (“Transfer and Exchange—Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global
Notes—Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note”), 2.06(b)(4) (“Transfer and Exchange—Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes—Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests
in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note”), 2.06(d)(1) (“Transfer and Exchange—Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes for Beneficial Interests—Restricted Certificated Notes to
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes”), 2.06(d)(2) (“Transfer and Exchange—Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes for Beneficial Interests—Restricted Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted
Global Notes”) or 2.06(d)(3) (“Transfer and Exchange—Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes for Beneficial Interests—Unrestricted Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes”) hereof. 

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the
payment for which the United States of America pledges its full faith and credit. 
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee (other
than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, of all or any part of any Indebtedness in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters
of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement
conditions or otherwise). 

  
 13 

 “Guarantors” means each of: 

(1) the Company’s Domestic Subsidiaries in existence on the date of the Indenture that is not an Excluded Subsidiary; 

(2) any other Restricted Subsidiary that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;
and 
 (3) their respective successors and assigns; 

provided that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above will cease to constitute a Guarantor when its respective Subsidiary Guarantee is released
in accordance with the terms thereof. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such
Person incurred under: 
 (1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar
agreements; 
 (2) foreign exchange contracts and currency protection agreements; 

(3) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreements or arrangements; and 

(4) other similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency
exchange rates or commodity prices. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s
books. 
 “Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that had: 

(1) assets having an aggregate book value, as of the end of the fiscal year most recently ended, not exceeding $250,000; and

 (2) Consolidated Net Income not exceeding $250,000 for such fiscal year, 

provided that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides
direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without
duplication: 
 (1) the principal of, and premium, if any, with respect to indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or
evidenced by bonds, notes, loans, debentures or similar instruments; 
 (2) reimbursement obligations of such Person for the
payment of banker’s acceptances or letters of credit; 

  
 14 

 (3) Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; 

(4) obligations of such Person for the payment of the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except
any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; 
 (5) Hedging Obligations (the amount of which at any
time of determination shall be equal to the termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time); 

(6) all indebtedness of others of the type referred to in the foregoing clauses (1) through (5) of this definition
that are secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such indebtedness is assumed by such Person), but in an amount not to exceed the lesser of the amount of such indebtedness of such other Person or the Fair Market Value of such
asset; 
 (7) Attributable Debt regarding sale and leaseback transactions; or 

(8) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of others of the type referred to in
the foregoing clauses (1) through (7) of this definition, whether or not such Guarantee is contingent, and whether or not such Guarantee appears on the balance sheet of such Person; 

in the case of the foregoing clauses (1) through (5), if and to the extent any of the foregoing obligations or indebtedness (other than letters of
credit, banker’s acceptances and Hedging Obligations), but excluding amounts recorded in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 815, would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet
of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes will be
issued among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or modified. 
 “Indirect Participant”
means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
 “Initial Notes” means the first
$300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. 
 “Institutional Accredited
Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the
equivalent) by S&P as described in Section 4.13 (“Termination of Covenants”). 
 “Investment Grade Rating
Event” means the first day on which the notes are assigned an Investment Grade Rating by a Rating Agency and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. 

  
 15 

 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect
investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations), advances (excluding advances to customers in the ordinary course of business which are recorded as
accounts receivable and commissions, moving, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business) or capital contributions, purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests
or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity
Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as
the case may be, will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of and other Investments in such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an
amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(c) (“Restricted Payments”) hereof. 
 “Involuntary Transfer”
means, with respect to any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (a) any damage to such asset that results in an insurance settlement with respect thereto on the basis of a total loss or a constructive or compromised
total loss, (b) the confiscation, condemnation, requisition, appropriation or similar taking regarding such asset by any government or instrumentality or agency thereof, including by deed in lieu of condemnation, or (c) foreclosure or
other enforcement of a Lien or the exercise by a holder of a Lien of any rights with respect to it. 
 “Issue Date” means
the date of this Indenture and the date the Initial Notes are first issued. 
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of
transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with an Exchange Offer. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in
respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a
security interest in such asset and any filing of any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with
GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: 
 (1) any gain (but not loss),
together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment
of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
 (2) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain
(but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not loss). 

  
 16 

 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds or Cash Equivalents received by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (1) the direct
costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting, investment banking and brokers’ fees, sales and underwriting commissions and other reasonable costs incurred in preparing such asset for sale), any relocation
expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale and any related severance and associated costs, expenses and charges of personnel related to sold assets and related operations, (2) taxes paid or reserved as payable as a result of the Asset
Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (3) any amounts paid in order to satisfy any Lien on the asset or assets in connection with such Asset Sale, (4) any
reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP, and (5) distributions and payments required to be made to any minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of
such Asset Sale. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness, but excluding any pledge of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is an obligor of such Indebtedness); or (b) is directly or indirectly
liable as a guarantor or otherwise (other than a pledge of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is an obligor of such Indebtedness); 

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of such Indebtedness may have to take enforcement
action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment
of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and 
 (3) as to which the lenders have been
notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company (other than a pledge of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is an obligor of such Indebtedness) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person as defined under Regulation S of the Securities Act. 

“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be
treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the “Notes” shall include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes. 

  
 17 

 “Obligations” means, without duplication, any principal, premium, if any,
interest (including Additional Interest, if any, and interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest
is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages, guarantees, and other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereof.

 “Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum, dated March 4, 2014, of the Company relating to the Initial
Notes. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President of such Person. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom
must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 (“Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion”)
hereof. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets
the requirements of Section 12.05 (“Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion”) hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the
Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Permitted Business” means the lines of business conducted by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue
Date as described in the Offering Memorandum and any business incidental or reasonably related thereto or which is a reasonable extension thereof as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. 

“Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(2) any deposit accounts, Investments in Cash Equivalents and advances and extensions of credit in the nature of accounts
receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or services or the licensing of assets or property and deposits and prepaid expenses, in each case, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; 

  
 18 

 (3) any Investment by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in a Person,
if as a result of such Investment: 
 (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 

(B) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets
to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) any Investment received or made as a
result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) hereof; 

(5) any acquisition of assets from another Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
 (6) any Investments received (a) in settlement of debts, claims and disputes owed
to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that arose out of transactions in the ordinary course of business, (b) in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout or reorganization or similar arrangement of any Person or (c) as
a result of a foreclosure or enforcement of other right or Lien by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment in default; 

(7) Investments in the form of (i) guarantees (including Subsidiary Guarantees) of Indebtedness or (ii) intercompany
Indebtedness, in each case, as permitted under Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof; 

(8) Investments arising in connection with Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 4.08
(“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof; 
 (9) loans made to employees of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million outstanding at any one time;

 (10) repurchases or purchases of, or any Investment otherwise in, the Notes or Exchange Notes; 

(11) Permitted Joint Venture Investments made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount
(measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) (net of return of capital, dividends and interest
paid on Investments and sales, liquidations, repayments, payments and redemption of Investments), that does not exceed $25.0 million; 

  
 19 

 (12) Investments pursuant to agreements and obligations of the Company and any
Restricted Subsidiary in effect on the Issue Date and any renewals or replacements thereof on terms and conditions not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than the terms of the Investment being
renewed or replaced; 
 (13) to the extent not otherwise permitted in any other clause of this definition, Investments having
an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13), not to exceed the greater
of (a) $20.0 million and (b) 3.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; and 
 (14) guarantees
received with respect to any Permitted Investment listed above. 
 In determining whether any Investment is a Permitted Investment, the
Company may allocate or reallocate all or any portion of an Investment among the clauses of this definition and any of the provisions set forth in Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”). 

“Permitted Joint Venture Investment” means, with respect to an Investment by any specified Person, an Investment by such
Person in any other Person engaged in a Permitted Business (a) over which the specified Person is responsible (either directly or through a services agreement) for day-to-day operations or otherwise has operational and managerial control of
such other Person, or veto power over significant management decisions affecting such other Person and (b) of which at least 20% of the outstanding Equity Interests of such other Person is at the time owned directly or indirectly by the
specified Person. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness and all other obligations under the Credit Facilities permitted to be incurred by clause
(1) of Section 4.08(b) (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof; 
 (2)
Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (4) of Section 4.08(b) (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof covering only the assets acquired, constructed,
improved, repaired or developed with, or secured by, such Indebtedness; 
 (3) Liens securing Hedging Obligations related to
Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture; 
 (4) Liens securing the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees related thereto and
the Exchange Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees related thereto; 
 (5) Liens existing on the Issue Date; 

(6) Liens in favor of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 20 

 (7) without duplication, (i) Liens on property of a Person existing at the
time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or otherwise becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of
the property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that, such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such
acquisition of such property, as the case may be, and do not extend to any assets other than those of such Person; 
 (8)
without duplication, (i) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously secured and (ii) extensions, renewals, refinancings and replacements, in whole or part, of any of the Liens
described in clauses (2), (5) or (7) of this definition; provided that: 
 (A) any such Lien is limited to all or
part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, after-acquired property, proceeds or distributions in respect thereof) that secured or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure the
Indebtedness being refinanced; and 
 (B) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater
than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the original Indebtedness and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding,
refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge; 
 (9) Liens or deposits to secure the performance of statutory
obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature and operating leases, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money or other
Indebtedness); 
 (10) banker’s Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and
Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more of accounts maintained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing
amounts owning to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; 

(11) Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and similar other Liens arising
in the ordinary course of business or that are imposed by law in the ordinary course of business for sums not delinquent for a period of more than 30 days or are being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any,
as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof, all being contested in good faith; 

  
 21 

 (12) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in
connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security legislation (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money or other Indebtedness); 

(13) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been
duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceeding may be initiated shall not have expired; 

(14) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in
good faith, and, if necessary, by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 

(15) any Liens securing industrial development, pollution control or similar bonds; and 

(16) to the extent not otherwise permitted in any other clause of the definition, Liens of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company which do not exceed, at any one time outstanding, the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 3.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” will be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness. 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in
exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness), including Indebtedness that
extends, refinances, renews, replaces, defeases or refunds Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that: 
 (1) the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded
(plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith); 

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date of, or later than, the final maturity date of, and has a
Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; 

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment
to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at 

  
 22 

 
least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and 

(4) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary that is the obligor
on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded. 
 “Person” means any individual,
corporation, partnership (limited or general), joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, business trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or agency, or any political subdivision thereof, or any other
entity. 
 “Principal Property” means (1) a rig or (2) any other real property or other tangible assets or group
of tangible assets having a fair market value in excess of $10.0 million, unless (a) any such properties or assets consist of inventories, furniture, office fixtures and equipment, including data processing equipment, vehicles and equipment
used on, or useful with, vehicles or (b) the Board of Directors of the Company determines that any such properties or assets referred to in the preceding clause (1) or (2) is not material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole, in each case, owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the
legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) (“Transfer and Exchange—Legends—Private Placement Legend”) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this
Indenture. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Quotation Agent” means the Reference Treasury Dealer selected by the applicable trustee after consultation with the Company.

 “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P. 

“Reference Date” means March 11, 2010. 

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means any three nationally recognized investment banking firms selected by the Company that are
primary dealers of Government Securities. 
 “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference
Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue with respect to the Notes, expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount, quoted in
writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated March 18, 2014 by and among the initial
purchasers of the Notes, the Company and the Guarantors and any other registration rights agreement entered into from time to time in connection with the issuance of Additional Notes under this Indenture. 

  
 23 

 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.

 “Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global
Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance
on Rule 903 of Regulation S or, to the extent a Regulation S Temporary Global Note is required to be issued by the Company pursuant to Rule 903 of Regulation S, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S
Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period. 
 “Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary
Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto and bearing the legend referred to in Section 2.06(g)(3) (“Transfer and Exchange—Legends—Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend”) deposited with or on behalf of and registered
in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of any Global Note sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S, to the extent a Regulation S Temporary Global Note is required to be
issued by the Company pursuant to Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the
Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above
designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Restricted Certificated Note” means a Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and
the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to QIBs. 

  
 24 

 “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Senior Debt” means: 

(1) all Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed; and 

(2) all other Obligations of such Person (including fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations and other amounts
payable in respect thereof and any interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of
Indebtedness described in clause (1) above, 
 unless, in the case of the preceding clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or evidencing
the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such Indebtedness or other obligations are subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, Senior Debt will not include: 

(1) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person; 

(2) any intercompany Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries to such Person; 

(3) any trade payables; 

(4) any portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in breach of this Indenture; or 

(5) any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock). 

“Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth for such term in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

  
 25 

 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
“significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date; provided that all Unrestricted Subsidiaries will be
excluded from all calculations under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any
installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent
obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital
Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by
that Person; and 
 (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such
Person or an entity described in clause (1) of this definition and related to such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more entities described in clause (1) of this definition and related to such
Person (or any combination thereof). 
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means any Guarantee by a Guarantor of the Company’s
payment Obligations under this Indenture and on the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Total
Assets” means the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recently available consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder. 

“Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted Certificated Note”
means one or more Certificated Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted
Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the
Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of 

  
 26 

 
the Board of Directors of the Company and (ii) each Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, whenever it shall become such a Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate
any Subsidiary of the Company to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary: 
 (1) has no Indebtedness other than
Non-Recourse Debt; 
 (2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are
not Affiliates of the Company; 
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating
results; and 
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding
conditions and would constitute an Investment that the Company could make in compliance with Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”) hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if
such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof, the Company will be in default of such covenant. 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in
the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund,
serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment in respect of such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, by (b) the number of years
(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 
 (2) the then
outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

  
 27 

 Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 

 

					
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section
	  	 
			
	“Affiliate Transaction”	  	4.11	  	
	“Asset Sale Offer”	  	3.09	  	
	“Authentication Order”	  	2.02	  	
	“Change of Control Offer”	  	4.18	  	
	“Change of Control Payment”	  	4.18	  	
	“Change of Control Payment Date”	  	4.18	  	
	“Covenant Defeasance”	  	8.03	  	
	“Default Interest”	  	6.01	  	
	“DTC”	  	2.03	  	
	“Event of Default”	  	6.01	  	
	“Excess Proceeds”	  	4.19	  	
	“incur”	  	4.08	  	
	“Indemnified Party”	  	7.07	  	
	“Interest Payment Date”	  	2.14	  	
	“Legal Defeasance”	  	8.02	  	
	“Offer Amount”	  	3.09	  	
	“Offer Period”	  	3.09	  	
	“Overdue Interest”	  	2.12	  	
	“Paying Agent”	  	2.03	  	
	“Payment Default”	  	6.01	  	
	“Permitted Debt”	  	4.08	  	
	“Purchase Date”	  	3.09	  	
	“Record Date”	  	2.14	  	
	“Registrar”	  	2.03	  	
	“Restricted Payments”	  	4.07	  	

 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of TIA. 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture.

 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

  
 28 

 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the
Trustee; and 
 “obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any
successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 Section 1.04. Rules of
Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) “including” means “including without limitation,” “including but not limited to” or words of
similar import; 
 (5) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(6) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(7) “interest” in this Indenture and the Notes means the initial interest rate borne by the Notes, any Overdue
Interest that accrues as described under Section 2.12 (“Overdue Interest; Default Interest; Additional Interest”), any Additional Interest that accrues under the Registration Rights Agreement and any Default Interest that accrues as
described under Section 6.01 (“Events of Default”); 
 (8) references to sections of or rules under the
Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and 

(9) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import shall be construed
to refer to this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE II. 

THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01. Form and
Dating. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof. 

  
 29 

 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a
part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note
conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Global
Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in
definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent
such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes
represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 (“Transfer and Exchange”)
hereof. 
 (c) Temporary Global Notes. To the extent required by Regulation S, Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S may
be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the
Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. 

If a Regulation S Temporary Global Note is issued by the Company, following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in
the Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the
Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on
the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 

(d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and
“Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in any
Regulation S Global Note that is held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 

  
 30 

 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be
valid. 
 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence
that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two
Officers (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not
exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 (“Replacement Notes”) hereof. 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the
Company. 
 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or
more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar
without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee
shall act as such. The Trustee will initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global
Notes. 
 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit
of Holders or the Trustee all money held 

  
 31 

 
by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such
default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent
(if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for such money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it
as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

Section 2.05. Holder Lists. 
 The
Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the
Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the
names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 
 Section 2.06. Transfer and
Exchange.  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary
to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes
will be exchanged by the Company for Certificated Notes if: 
 (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the
Depositary (A) that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or (B) that it
is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act; 
 (2) the Company at its option and in its sole
discretion, determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) will be exchanged for Certificated Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall any Regulation S Temporary Global
Note be exchanged by the Company for Certificated Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or

 (3) there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. 

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Certificated Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary
shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 (“Replacement 

  
 32 

 
Notes”) and 2.10 (“Temporary Notes”) hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this
Section 2.06 (“Transfer and Exchange”) (except an exchange for a Certificated Note as provided in this Section 2.06(a)), Section 2.07 (“Replacement Notes”) or Section 2.10 (“Temporary Notes”) hereof,
shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be
transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof. 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in
the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the
Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either
subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 

(1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. 

(A) Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial
interests in any Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of Regulation S)). Beneficial interests in any
Unrestricted Global Notes may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. Except as may be required by any Applicable Procedures, no written orders or instructions shall be
required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 
 (B) The following
provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note or any Certificated Note issued in exchange therefor prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period: 

(1) a transfer thereof to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of a certificate in the
form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a
“qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has
requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; 

  
 33 

 (2) a transfer thereof to an Institutional Accredited Investor shall be made
upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B-2 hereto from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or Trustee, the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or
other information satisfactory to each of them; and 
 (3) a transfer thereof to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon
receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof from the transferor and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, delivery of an
opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them. 
 After the expiration of the
Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note or Certificated Notes issued in exchange therefor may be transferred without requiring certification set forth in Exhibits B-1 and B-2 or any additional certification. 

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and
exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A) both: 

(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account
to be credited with such increase; or 
 (B) both: 

(1) if permitted under Section 2.06(a) above, a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the
Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Certificated Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such
Certificated Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; 

  
 34 

 provided that in no event shall Certificated Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange
of beneficial interests in any Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in
the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture
and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 

(3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global
Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the
following: 
 (A) If the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note,
then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in any Regulation S Global Note then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted
Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
and the holder of the beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications required in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if
delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement; 

  
 35 

 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives
the following: 
 (1) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel
in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to clause (B) or
(D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above. 

(5) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted
Global Note Prohibited. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Certificated Notes. 

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Certificated Notes. Subject to Section 2.06(a),
if a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note is to 

  
 36 

 
be exchanged for a Restricted Certificated Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Certificated Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the
following documentation at least 20 days prior to the date of the transfer or exchange: 
 (A) if the holder of such
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item
(2)(a) thereof; 
 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if
such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item
(2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; 
 (F) if such beneficial interest is
being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof; or 

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B-2 hereto from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or Trustee, the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them, 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h)
hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Certificated Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and issued in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar
through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Certificated Notes to the Persons in 

  
 37 

 
whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the
Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
 (2) Beneficial
Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Certificated Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(1)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in any Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Certificated Note or
transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Certificated Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B)
under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 

(3) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Certificated Notes. Subject to Section 2.06(a)
hereof, a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Certificated Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an
Unrestricted Certificated Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications required in the applicable Letter of Transmittal
(or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof, 

  
 38 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if
the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon
satisfaction of any of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section 2.06(c)(3), the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver a Certificated Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the
applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder, and the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h), the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted
Global Note. 
 (4) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Certificated Notes. If any
Holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Certificated Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an
Unrestricted Certificated Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to
Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions an Unrestricted Certificated Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Unrestricted
Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall
instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Unrestricted Certificated Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted
Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes for Beneficial Interests. 

(1) Restricted Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted
Certificated Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Certificated Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted
Certificated Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

  
 39 

 (B) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction (as defined in
Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; 
 (F) if such Restricted
Certificated Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof; or 

(G) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B-2 hereto from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or Trustee, the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them, 

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Certificated Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of
clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the Rule 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note. 

(2) Restricted Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted
Certificated Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Certificated Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications required in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery
is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement; 

  
 40 

 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives
the following: 
 (1) if the Holder of such Certificated Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Certificated Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in
the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of
Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of any of the conditions of any of the
clauses of this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee shall cancel the Certificated Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of an Unrestricted Global Note. 

(3) Unrestricted Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted
Certificated Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Certificated Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any
time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Certificated Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount the aggregate principal amount of one of the
Unrestricted Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof; 
 (4) Transfer or Exchange of Unrestricted
Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited. An Unrestricted Certificated Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a
Restricted Global Note. 

  
 41 

 (5) Issuance of Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such exchange or
transfer from a Certificated Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of
an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Certificated Notes so transferred. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes for Certificated Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Certificated Notes and such
Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Certificated Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or
surrender to the Registrar the Certificated Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the
requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 

(1) Restricted Certificated Notes to Restricted Certificated Notes. Any Restricted Certificated Note may be transferred
to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Certificated Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit
B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903
or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(2) Restricted Certificated Notes to Unrestricted Certificated Notes. Any Restricted Certificated Note may be exchanged
by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Certificated Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note only if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications required in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through
the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement; 

  
 42 

 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives
the following: 
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Certificated Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an
Unrestricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Certificated Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section 2.06(e)(2), the Trustee
shall cancel the prior Restricted Certificated Note and the Company shall execute, and upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Certificated Note
in the appropriate aggregate principal amount to the Person designated by the Holder of such prior Restricted Certificated Note in instructions delivered to the Registrar by such Holder. 

(3) Unrestricted Certificated Notes to Unrestricted Certificated Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Certificated Notes may
transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Certificated Notes pursuant to the
instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (A) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interests in the applicable Restricted Global Notes (1) tendered for acceptance by Persons that make any and all certifications in the applicable Letters of Transmittal (or are
deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement and (2) 

  
 43 

 
accepted for exchange in such Exchange Offer and (B) Unrestricted Certificated Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Certificated
Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons who made the foregoing certifications and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount
the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the
Persons designated by the Holders of Restricted Certificated Notes so accepted Unrestricted Certificated Notes in the appropriate aggregate principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of an Exchange Offer, and Exchange
Notes issued in connection with an Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture. 
 (g)
Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Certificated Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

(1) Private Placement Legend. 

(A) Except as permitted below, each Global Note and each Certificated Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or
substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED,
ENCUMBERED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS
PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR (IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A SECURITIES) OR 40 DAYS (IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S
SECURITIES) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO

  
 44 

 
A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT
THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”
WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH
CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE, OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E), OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION
OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION, AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER OR THE ISSUER ON OR AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.” 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Certificated Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3),
(e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) (and any note not required by law to have such a legend) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 45 

 In addition, the foregoing legend may be adjusted for future issuances in accordance with
applicable law. 
 (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL
NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE
OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 

(3) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note will bear a legend in
substantially the following form: 
 “THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND
PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE.” 
 (h)
Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Certificated Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole
and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 (“Cancellation”) hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial

  
 46 

 
interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Certificated Notes, the
principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the
beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on
such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (i) General Provisions
Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
 (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute
and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 (“Execution and Authentication”) hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 

(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Certificated Note
for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10 (“Temporary Notes”), 3.06 (“Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part”), 3.09 (“Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds”), 4.18
(“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”), 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) and 9.05 (“Notation on or Exchange of Notes”) hereof). 

(3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or
in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (4) All Global Notes and Certificated Notes
issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Certificated Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or
Certificated Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company
will be required: 
 (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the
opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 (“Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased”) hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date
and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 

  
 47 

 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the
Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and
none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (7) The Trustee will
authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 (“Execution and Authentication”) hereof. 

(8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
 Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond
must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company
may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such original Note,
the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor
to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Company, the Trustee and any Agent in connection therewith. 
 Subject to
the provisions of the final sentence of the preceding paragraph, every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly
issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09
(“Treasury Notes”) hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding
for purposes of Section 3.07(a) (“Optional Redemption”) hereof. 

  
 48 

 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 (“Replacement Notes”) hereof, it
ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If
the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 (“Payment of Notes”) hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing) holds, on a redemption date or maturity
date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 

Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. 
 In
determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent,
only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 
 Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate Certificated Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

Section 2.11. Cancellation. 
 The
Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will
cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act and the Trustee). Certification of the
destruction or cancellation of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

Section 2.12. Overdue Interest; Default Interest; Additional Interest. 

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium,
if any, and interest (without regard to 

  
 49 

 
any applicable grace period) from time to time at the rate then in effect on the Notes to the extent lawful to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent Record Date, in each case at the rate
provided as set forth in the Notes and consistent with Section 4.01 (“Payment of Notes”) hereof (such interest, “Overdue Interest”). The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Overdue Interest
proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related
payment date for such Overdue Interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be sent to Holders a
notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 In addition, the Company
will pay Default Interest, if any, that accrues as described under Section 6.01 (“Events of Default”) to the extent that the Company elects to pay such Default Interest pursuant to Section 6.01 and will pay Additional Interest,
if any, to Holders of Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 Section 2.13. Persons Deemed Owners. 

The Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. Only Holders have rights under this Indenture and the Notes. 

Section 2.14. Interest Payment Date; Record Date. 

Interest on outstanding Notes will accrue from March 18, 2014 at the rate of 6.125% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in
arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on September 15, 2014 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). The Company will make each interest payment to the Holders of record on the immediately preceding
March 1 and September 1 (each, a “Record Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. 
 ARTICLE III. 

REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE 
 Section 3.01.
Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07
(“Optional Redemption”) hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth: 

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 

(2) the redemption date; 

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 

(4) the redemption price. 

  
 50 

 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows: 

(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national
securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or 
 (2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange,
on a pro rata basis, by lot unless otherwise required by law. 
 In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes
to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or
purchase. 
 The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of
any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in minimum amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the
Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this
Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
 Section 3.03.
Notice of Redemption. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 (“Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess
Proceeds”) hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered
address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles VIII or X
hereof. 
 The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 

(1) the redemption date; 

(2) the redemption price; 

(3) if the Notes are being redeemed in part: 

(A) that the Trustee shall select Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis, by lot, unless otherwise required by law or
applicable stock exchange or Depositary requirements, and in any case, not in parts of $2,000 or less; and 
 (B) the portion
of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Notes, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

  
 51 

 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which
the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or
accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give
the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee
give such notice and setting forth the information (or a shorter period as agreed to by the Trustee) to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section 3.03 (“Notice of Redemption”) above. 

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 (“Notice of Redemption”) hereof, Notes called for
redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

No later than 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying
Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or
the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to
accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to
the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for 

  
 52 

 
redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until
such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 (“Payment of Notes”) hereof. 

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the
Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the option of
the Company prior to March 15, 2017. 
 (b) At any time prior to March 15, 2017, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Notes,
in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and
unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the applicable date of redemption. 
 (c) On or after March 15, 2017, the
Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on March 15 of the years indicated below: 

 

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
		
	 2017
	  	 	104.594	% 
		
	 2018
	  	 	103.063	% 
		
	 2019
	  	 	101.531	% 
		
	 2020 and thereafter.
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (d) At any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2017, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the
aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (which amount includes any Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 106.125% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any,
thereon to the applicable redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (which amount
includes any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and (ii) the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of
such Equity Offering. 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01
through 3.06 hereof. 

  
 53 

 Section 3.08. No Mandatory Redemption. 

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an offer to all
Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the procedures specified below and in Sections 4.19(c), (d), (e) and (f): 

(a) The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and, to the extent required, to all holders of other Indebtedness of the Company that is
pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. 

(b) The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business
Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). 
 (c) No later than
three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and the other pari passu
Indebtedness to be purchased (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and pari passu
Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 

(d) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest will
be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 

(e) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders.
The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state: 

(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”)
hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 

  
 54 

 (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer
will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an
Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in amounts not less than $2,000 and, thereafter, in integral multiples of $1,000 only; 

(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with
the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice
at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company,
the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the
Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof
exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with
such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that no Note of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part and that minimum denominations of $1,000 in excess thereof are maintained); and 

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent
lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this
Section 3.09 and Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”). The Paying Agent will promptly (but in any case not later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period) mail to Holder of Notes properly tendered an amount
equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, 

  
 55 

 
and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered, if any. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the
provisions of Sections 3.01 (“Notices to Trustee”) through 3.06 (“Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part”) hereof. 
 The
Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with any Asset Sale Offer. To the extent
that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations
under Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict. 
 ARTICLE IV. 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01. Payment of
Notes. 
 The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the
manner provided in this Indenture and the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of noon New York City time on the due
date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes then due. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next
succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. The Company shall pay Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement, the Notes and in this Indenture. 
 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or
co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Company may also from time to
time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any
such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

  
 56 

 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or
agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 (“Registrar and Paying Agent”) hereof. 
 Section 4.03. Corporate
Existence. 
 Subject to Article V, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and
effect its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any
such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is
no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.04. Compliance
Certificate. 
 (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’
Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations
under this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, describing all such Defaults or
Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that, to the best of his or her knowledge, the Company is not a party to a decree, order or written agreement
nor has any statutory law, regulation or rule applicable to the Company been enacted that, in each case, by its express terms, prohibits the payment of the principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on the Notes when due pursuant to the Indenture
and the Notes, or if such decree, order or written agreement exists, or such statutory law, regulation or rule has been enacted, a description thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

(b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any
Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.05. Taxes. 
 The Company
will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such
payment could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

  
 57 

 Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead,
or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and
each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein
granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07.
Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of any Equity Interests of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Equity
Interests of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions declared or paid in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company); 
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation,
in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 

(3) make any payment to purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is
subordinated to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, except a payment of interest or principal at a Stated Maturity thereof; or 

(4) make any Restricted Investment 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted
Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default has
occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; 
 (2) the Company would, at the time
of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the 

  
 58 

 
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 4.08(a) (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof; and 
 (3) such
Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing immediately after the fiscal quarter in which the
Reference Date occurred (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) and (9) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.07), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the
first fiscal quarter commencing immediately after the fiscal quarter in which the Reference Date occurred to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such
Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus 

(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds, or the Fair Market Value of any Permitted Business or assets used or useful in a
Permitted Business, received by the Company from the issue or sale, in either case since the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing immediately after the fiscal quarter in which the Reference Date occurred of (i) Equity Interests of
the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or (ii) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or such debt securities) sold to a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), together with the aggregate cash received at the time of such conversion or exchange, or received by the Company from any such conversion or exchange of such debt securities sold or issued prior to the
beginning of such first fiscal quarter; plus 
 (C) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income for
such period, (i) if any Restricted Investment that was made after the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing immediately after the fiscal quarter in which the Reference Date occurred is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid
for cash, the lesser of (1) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment, including without limitation repayment of principal of any Restricted Investment constituting a loan or advance (less the cost of disposition, if
any) and (2) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment, plus (ii) the net reduction in such Restricted Investment resulting from payments of interest, dividends, principal repayments and other transfers and distributions of cash,
assets or property; plus 
 (D) if any Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the
Reference Date, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the 

  
 59 

 
Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Company’s and its
Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and all Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary that were treated as Restricted Payments since such designation, in each case as of the date of such Investment. 
 For the avoidance of doubt,
any amount which previously qualified as a Restricted Payment on account of any Guarantee entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that (1) such Guarantee has not been called upon and (2) either (a) such
Guarantee has been released or terminated, as the case may be, or (b) the obligation arising under such Guarantee no longer exists, shall not be considered as having been made as a Restricted Payment for purposes of calculating the amounts set
forth in preceding clause (3). 
 (b) The preceding provisions will not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution, or the consummation of an irrevocable redemption of subordinated Indebtedness
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or distribution or delivery of the irrevocable notice of redemption, as the case may be, if at the date of such declaration the
dividend payment or distribution, or date on which such notice is delivered, such dividend, distribution or redemption, as the case may be, would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary or of any Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity
Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition will be excluded from clause
(3)(B) of the preceding paragraph; 
 (3) the making of any principal payment on, or the defeasance, redemption,
repurchase or other acquisition of, prior to a Stated Maturity, subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of, or exchange for the
issuance of, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (4) the declaration or payment of any dividend or distribution by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
 (5) so long as no Default
has occurred and is continuing or, immediately after giving effect thereto, would be caused thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company held by any existing or former employee or 

  
 60 

 
director of the Company (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) pursuant to any employment agreements, equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, management equity plan or stock
option plan or other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or trust or similar agreements and plans; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests pursuant to this clause
(5) may not exceed the sum of (i) $5.0 million in any twelve-month period, (ii) the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company during such twelve-month period from the issuance of such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) pursuant to such agreements or plans and (iii) the net cash proceeds of key man life insurance received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; 

(6) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or, immediately after giving effect thereto, would be caused thereby,
the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed
Charges;” 
 (7) the acquisition of Equity Interests by the Company (i) in connection with the exercise of stock
options or stock appreciation rights by way of cashless exercise; (ii) in connection with the satisfaction of withholding tax obligations; or (iii) that may be deemed to occur, in connection with an acquisition by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, by the return of Equity Interests constituting a portion of the purchase consideration in settlement of indemnification claims; 

(8) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or, immediately after giving effect thereto, would be caused thereby,
the making of payment on, or the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition, in each case, prior to its Stated Maturity, of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by payments out of Excess
Proceeds remaining after completion of an Asset Sale Offer; 
 (9) the purchase by the Company of fractional shares arising
out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or business combinations or conversion of convertible or exchangeable securities of debt or equity of the Company; and 

(10) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or, immediately after giving effect thereto, would be caused thereby,
and to the extent not otherwise permitted in any other of the preceding clauses, Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since the date Notes are first issued not to exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 5.0% of the
Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, as of the date of making such Restricted Payments. 
 (c) The amount of all Restricted
Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the
Restricted Payment. In determining whether any Restricted Payment is permitted by this Section 4.07, the Company may allocate or reallocate, at any time and from time to time, all or a 

  
 61 

 
portion of such Restricted Payment among all clauses of the preceding paragraph (as of the Issue Date, such clauses being clauses (b)(1) through (b)(10)) or among such clauses and the
preceding paragraph (a) including clauses (A), (B) and (C), provided that at the time of such allocation or reallocation, all such Restricted Payments, or allocated portions thereof, would be permitted under the various provisions
of the foregoing covenant. 
 Section 4.08. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and
will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and the Company may issue Disqualified Stock if
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such
Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock had been
issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.08(a) hereof will not
apply to or prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 

(1) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantors of Indebtedness under one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal
amount at any one time outstanding (with outstanding letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries thereunder at each relevant time of determination) not to
exceed the greater of (a) $400.0 million and (b) $100.0 million plus 30% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; 

(2) the Existing Indebtedness; 

(3) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantors represented by the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued on the
Issue Date and the Exchange Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(4) Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries represented by Capital Lease
Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the acquisition of, or cost of construction, improvement, material repair or development of property, plant or
equipment used in a Permitted Business, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to extend, defease, refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed
the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 3.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, at any time outstanding; 

  
 62 

 (5) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, defease, refund, refinance or replace, any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was incurred under Section 4.08(a) or clauses (2), (3),
(5) or (13) of this paragraph (b); 
 (6) intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that: 
 (A) if the
Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Guarantor is the obligee thereon, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all
Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Subsidiary Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and 

(B) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person
other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of
such Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, on the date of such issuance, sale or transfer that is not then permitted by this clause (6); 

(7) Hedging Obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the normal course of business and not
for speculative purposes, designed to protect the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred or against fluctuations in the price of commodities used
by that entity at the time; 
 (8) Guarantees by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.08; provided that if such Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Subsidiary
Guarantee, then the Guarantee of that Indebtedness by the Company or the Guarantor shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be; 

(9) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of workers’ compensation claims,
self-insurance obligations, bid, performance, surety, appeal and similar bonds and obligations and completion guarantees provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 

(10) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its the Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other
financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient 

  
 63 

 
funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days following the Company’s receipt of notice of the incurrence thereof; 

(11) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its the Restricted Subsidiaries represented by agreements of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, earn-outs or other similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of
any business, assets or Capital Stock of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness incurred in connection with a disposition shall at no time exceed the
gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; 
 (12)
Acquired Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Indebtedness was Indebtedness of (a) a Subsidiary prior to the date on which such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (b) a
Person that was acquired (by acquisition of its Capital Stock, merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition);
provided that, at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company would have been able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
Section 4.08(a) immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (12); and 

(13) to the extent not otherwise permitted by any other Permitted Debt clause, Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this
clause (13), not to exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.08, if an item of proposed Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) at any time
meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (13) of this Section 4.08(b), or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(a), the Company will be permitted to
classify (and later reclassify) in whole or in part in its sole discretion such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.08, and such item of Indebtedness or portion thereof may be classified (or later classified or
reclassified) in whole or in part as having been incurred under more than one of the applicable clauses of Permitted Debt under this Section 4.08(b) or pursuant to Section 4.08(a). Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.08 need not
be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or none other provisions of this Section 4.08 permitting such Indebtedness. 

The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of
additional Indebtedness with the same 

  
 64 

 
terms, and the accretion or payment of dividends on any Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.08; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. 

If an Unrestricted Subsidiary incurs Non-Recourse Debt and any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary, then such event shall be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is subject to this Section 4.08. In addition, if at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the
definitional requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture, and any then outstanding Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company as of such date, and such incurrence will be subject to this Section 4.08. 
 For purposes of determining
compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto will be calculated based on the
relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred; provided that, if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in the same foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the
applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, the U.S. dollar-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as
the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.08, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.08 will not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; 

(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; 

(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of: 

(A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and 

(B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person; and 

(4) if Indebtedness is secured by a letter of credit that only secures such Indebtedness, then the aggregate amount deemed
incurred by such Indebtedness and such letter of credit shall be equal to the greater of (a) the principal amount of such Indebtedness and (b) the amount that can be drawn under such letter of credit. 

  
 65 

 Section 4.09. Liens. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or permit to exist
any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) securing any Indebtedness upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless all payments
due under this Indenture and unless the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, as applicable, are secured on an equal and ratable basis (or on a senior basis to, in the case of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or Subsidiary
Guarantee, as the case may be) with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. 
 Section 4.10.
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the priority of any preferred stock in receiving dividends
or liquidating distributions prior to the payment of dividends or liquidating distributions on common stock shall not be deemed to be a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock; 

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(3) transfer any of its assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

(1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness, Credit Facilities and Hedging Obligations and any amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that such agreements, Credit Facilities, Hedging Obligations and the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals,
increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Issue Date; 

  
 66 

 (2) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order of any court or
governmental authority; 
 (3) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock, or any other agreement relating to any
assets, of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such restriction was created in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction
is not applicable to any Person, or the assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be
incurred; 
 (4) (a) customary non-assignment provisions in any contract, license or lease and (b) cash, other deposits,
or net worth or similar requirements; in each case, imposed by suppliers or landlords under contracts, in the case of each of subclauses (a) and (b), entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; 

(5) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that
property of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; 
 (6) any restriction with respect to a
Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or other disposition; 

(7) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions contained in the agreements
governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

(8) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.09
(“Liens”) that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; and 
 (9) provisions
with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, agreements relating to sale and leaseback transactions, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the
ordinary course of business. 
 Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of any such
Person (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless: 

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than
those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person or, if no comparable transaction is available with which to compare such Affiliate Transaction, such Affiliate
Transaction is otherwise fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view, as evidenced by the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate provided for in clause (2) below; and 

  
 67 

 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 

(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in
excess of $10.0 million but less than $25.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above; and 

(B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in
excess of $25.0 million, a resolution of its Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a
majority of the disinterested members of its Board of Directors. 
 (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions
and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section: 
 (1) any employment, equity
award, equity option or equity appreciation agreement, plan agreement or similar compensation arrangement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices and payments pursuant thereto; 

(2) fees and compensation paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in their capacity as such, to the extent such fees and compensation are reasonable and customary; 

(3) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, but in any event not
to exceed $1.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time; 
 (4) transactions between or among (i) the
Company and one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (5) transactions with a
Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 

(6) sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 

  
 68 

 (7) Restricted Payments that are permitted pursuant to Section 4.07
(“Restricted Payments”) hereof; and 
 (8) the performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as of the Issue Date, and any amendments, modifications, supplements, extensions or renewals of those agreements entered into after
the Issue Date; provided that, such amendments, modifications, supplements, extensions or renewals do not, in any material respects, adversely affect the rights, taken as a whole, of the holders of the notes as compared to the terms of the
agreement in effect on the Issue Date. 
 Section 4.12. Business Activities. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any line of business activity other than Permitted
Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.13. Termination of
Covenants. 
 In the event that at any time (a) the Notes have a Moody’s rating of Baa3 (or the equivalent) or higher or an
S&P rating of BBB- (or the equivalent) or higher (each, an “Investment Grade Rating”) and (b) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to
Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”), Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”), Section 4.09 (“Liens”), Section 4.10 (“Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Subsidiaries”), Section 4.11 (“Transactions with Affiliates”), Section 4.12 (“Business Activities”), Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”), clauses (a) and (c) of Section 4.20
(“Sale and Leaseback Transactions”), and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) (“Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets”). The Company will provide prompt written notice to the Trustee of the Company’s determination that
a covenant termination under this Section 4.13 has occurred. 
 Upon the occurrence of an Investment Grade Rating Event, as a result of
the elimination of the covenant in Section 4.09 (“Liens”), the covenant described below under Section 4.21 (“Secured Indebtedness”) will apply to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and become effective only
upon the occurrence of such an Investment Grade Rating Event. 
 Section 4.14. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees. 

If any Domestic Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor guarantees, assumes or in any other manner becomes liable for Indebtedness of the Company
or any Guarantor, then such Domestic Subsidiary will (1) become a Guarantor, (2) execute a supplemental Indenture in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto and deliver an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee and (3) execute
an amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which it becomes subject to the obligations of a Guarantor thereunder, in each case, within 10 Business Days of the date on which it so became liable with respect to such Indebtedness;
provided that, any Domestic Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary shall not be required to become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary. Upon the release, termination or

  
 69 

 
satisfaction of such Domestic Subsidiary’s guarantee or assumption of such Indebtedness, or as otherwise provided in this Indenture, that Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiary Guarantee
shall automatically be released and terminated. 
 Section 4.15. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if the Subsidiary meets or
would meet the definition of an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and if no Default shall occur immediately after giving effect to such designation. If a Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of
all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the date of designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments
under paragraphs (a) or (b) of Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”) or Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if
such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 (b) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if, immediately after giving effect to such designation, a Default would not occur; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock”), calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period. 

Section 4.16. Payments for Consent. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to
all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 

Section 4.17. Reports. 
 (a) Whether
or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes, or file electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering,
Analysis and retrieval System (“EDGAR”) (or any successor filing system) within five Business Days of the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms
10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the
annual financial statements by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm; and 
 (2) all current
reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. 

  
 70 

 All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules
and regulations applicable to such reports. Each Annual Report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants. 

(b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information
required by paragraph (a) will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 

(c) The Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in paragraph (a) with the SEC for public availability (unless the SEC
will not accept such a filing). If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website. Following the
consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the SEC, the Company will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of paragraph
(a) with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective
investors upon request. The Company, and to the extent applicable, the Guarantors, will be deemed to have furnished such reports and other information to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes, and, to the extent herein provided, to securities
analysts and prospective investors, if it has filed such reports and other information with the SEC using the EDGAR filing system (or any successor filing system), or if such system is not available to the Company, if it has filed such reports and
other information on its website, and in each case, such reports and other information are publicly available thereon. 
 (d) The Company
will hold a quarterly conference call for the Holders of the Notes and securities analysts to discuss such financial information no later than 15 Business Days after distribution of such financial information. 

(e) The Company and the Guarantors agree that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, they will furnish to the Holders of Notes and to
securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

  
 71 

 Section 4.18. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of the Notes will have a right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer by the Company (a “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms described below. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will
offer a payment in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon for the Notes repurchased, to
the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder of the Notes describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Notes on
the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), pursuant to the procedures described below and in
such notice. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture by
virtue of such conflict. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes
properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the
Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer the Change of Control
Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided
that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 The Company will not be
required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change
of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all notes tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. 

  
 72 

 Section 4.19. Asset Sales. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless: 

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at
least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 
 (2) at
least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, or any combination thereof. 

For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 

(A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary
novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability; 
 (B) any securities,
notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such
Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion; 
 (C) the Fair Market Value of all
forms of consideration other than cash or Cash Equivalents received for all Asset Sales since the Issue Date does not exceed in the aggregate 10.0% of Consolidated Net Worth of the Company at the time each determination is made; and 

(D) any Designated Non-cash Consideration, when taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received
pursuant to this clause (D) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with
the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 

Any Asset Sale pursuant to an Involuntary Transfer shall not be required to satisfy the conditions set forth in clauses (1) and (2) of this
paragraph (a). 
 (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale (including, without limitation, an
Involuntary Transfer), the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, may apply those Net Proceeds at its option as follows: 

(1) to prepay, repay, purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire Senior Debt of the Company or any
Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 73 

 (2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the
Voting Stock of, a Permitted Business; 
 (3) to make a capital expenditure in a Permitted Business; or 

(4) to acquire other non-current assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business. 

The Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to have complied with clause (2) or (3) of this paragraph (b) if, within 365
days of such Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall have commenced and not completed or abandoned an expenditure or Investment, or a binding agreement with respect to an expenditure or Investment, in compliance with clause
(2) or (3), and that expenditure or Investment is substantially completed within a date one year and six months after the date of such Asset Sale. Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company will temporarily reduce any Credit
Facility or other revolving credit borrowings, or, in the absence of any such borrowings, invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 

(c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 4.19 will
constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company will, within thirty days thereafter, make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and, to the extent required, all
holders of other Indebtedness of the Company that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase
the maximum principal amount of Notes (in integral multiples of $2,000) and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. 

(d) The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to
be purchased or the lesser amount required under agreements governing such other pari passu Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. 

(e) If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not
prohibited by this Indenture. 
 (f) If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such
Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess
Proceeds will be reset at zero. 
 (g) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into or permit
to exist any agreement (other than any agreement governing Credit Facilities 

  
 74 

 
for Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of paragraph (b) of Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) that
would place any restriction of any kind (other than pursuant to law or regulation) on the ability of the Company to make an Asset Sale Offer. 

Section 4.20. Sale and Leaseback Transactions 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction with a
Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; provided that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into such a sale and leaseback transaction if: 

(a) the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable
Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09
(“Liens”) hereof; 
 (b) the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market
Value of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and 
 (c) the transfer of assets in that sale and
leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) hereof. 

Section 4.21. Secured Indebtedness. 

From and after the occurrence of an Investment Grade Rating Event, as a result of the elimination of the covenant in Section 4.09
(“Liens”), as described in Section 4.13 (“Termination of Covenants”), if the Company or any Subsidiary incurs any Indebtedness secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any Principal Property or on any share of
stock or Indebtedness of a Subsidiary, the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, will secure the Notes equally and ratably with (or, at its option, prior to) the Indebtedness so secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer
secured by a Lien, unless the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness secured by a Lien and the Attributable Debt of all sale and leaseback transactions involving Principal Property would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets. 

  
 75 

 ARTICLE V. 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01. Merger,
Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
 (a) The Company will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into
another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as
a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless: 
 (1) either: 

(A) the Company is the resultant, transferee or the surviving Person; or 

(B) the resultant, transferee or surviving Person formed (if other than the Company) is a corporation, limited liability
company or limited partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; 

(2) such resultant, transferee or surviving Person assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture,
the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, provided, that unless such resultant, transferee or surviving Person is a corporation, a corporate co-issuer of the Notes may be added to this
Indenture by such supplemental Indenture; 
 (3) immediately after such transaction no Default exists; and 

(4) except in the case of a merger of the Company with or into a Guarantor, or a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of assets to the Company or a Guarantor, immediately after such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
period, either the Company or the resultant, transferee or surviving Person (if other than the Company), would be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in
Section 4.08(a) hereof (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”). 
 (b) In addition, the Company may
not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. 
 (c)
Notwithstanding clause (4) of paragraph (a): 
 (1) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate with, merge
into or sell, assign, transfer or convey all or part of its assets to the Company; and 
 (2) the Company may merge with an
Affiliate that has no significant assets or liabilities and was formed solely for the purpose of changing the jurisdiction of organization of the Company to another state of the United States so long as the amount of the Company’s Indebtedness
and the Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, 

  
 76 

 
Section 5.01 (“Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets”) hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries is
or are merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries), and may exercise every right and
power of the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company or
Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets in a transaction
that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 (“Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets”) hereof. 

ARTICLE VI. 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 Section 6.01. Events of Default. 

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Additional Interest with respect to, the Notes; 

(2) default in the payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; 

(3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Section 4.18
(“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”) or Section 5.01 (“Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets”) hereof, and such failure continues for 30 days after the Company’s receipt of written notice of such
noncompliance given to it as provided below; 
 (4) failure by the Company for 120 days after notice to comply with the
provisions of Section 4.17 (“Reports”); 
 (5) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture (other than a failure that is subject to clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) above), and such failure continues for 60 days after the Company’s receipt of written notice of such
noncompliance given to it as provided below; 
 (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may
be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether
such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default: 
 (A) is caused by a failure
to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or 

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity, 

  
 77 

 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal
amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more; 

(7) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million
(excluding amounts covered by insurance, reimbursement agreements and indemnification agreements), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; 

(8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be
unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason (other than in accordance with the terms of that Guarantee and this Indenture) to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee (other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture); and 

(9) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of their Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 

(A) commences a voluntary case; 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 

(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and 

(10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

  
 78 

 (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of their Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 

(C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 
 and the order or decree
remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
 A Default under clause (3), (4) or (5) above will not be an Event of
Default until the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes notifies, in writing, the Company of the Default and requests compliance with the specific provision or agreement, as the case
may be, that is the subject of such Default, and the Company does not cure such Default within the specified time after receipt of such notice. 

Notwithstanding the above, if the Company elects, the sole remedy for a Default or an Event of Default relating to the failure to
comply with Section 4.17 (“Reports”), and/or for failure to comply with the requirements of Section 314(a)(1) of the TIA will, for the 60 days after the occurrence of such an Event of Default, consist exclusively of the right to
receive additional interest on the Notes at an annual rate equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding over such portion of the 60-day period immediately following such Event of Default during which such Event of Default is
continuing (such interest, “Default Interest”). In the event the Company does not elect to pay such Default Interest, upon an Event of Default under this Section, the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided below in
Section 6.02 (“Acceleration”). The Default Interest will accrue on all outstanding Notes from and including the date on which an Event of Default relating to a failure to comply with Section 4.17 (“Reports”) and/or for
any failure to comply with the requirements of Section 314(a)(1) of the TIA first occurs to, but not including, the 60th day thereafter (or such earlier date on which the Event of Default relating to such failure shall have been cured or
waived) and will be payable in the same manner as Additional Interest. On such 60th day (or earlier, if the Event of Default relating to such failure is cured or waived prior to such 60th day) such Default Interest will cease to accrue and the Notes
will be subject to acceleration, as provided below in Section 6.02 (“Acceleration”), if the Event of Default is continuing. This provision will not affect the rights of Holders in the event of the occurrence of any other Event of
Default. 
 Section 6.02. Acceleration. 

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable

  
 79 

 
immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. 
 Section 6.03. Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if
any, and interest on the Notes or enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders of
the Notes (i) waive any existing Default or Events of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on,
the Notes and (ii) rescind an acceleration and its consequences, if the rescission would not violate with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived. 

Section 6.05. Control by Majority. 

Subject to certain limitations, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee
in its exercise of any trust or power. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may
involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 

Subject to Section 7.01 (“Duties of Trustee”), in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under
no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders of Notes unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

  
 80 

 (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request
within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of
a Note. 
 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and
interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired
or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of
judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien. 

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(1) or (2) (“Events of Default”) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
may recover judgment in its own name and, in the case of the Trustee, as Trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue
principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and
counsel. 
 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee shall be authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have
the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company
(or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and 

  
 81 

 
shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is
hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall
be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding
whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

Section 6.10. Priorities. 
 If the
Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
 First:
to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar for amounts due under Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the
Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the
Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any and interest, respectively; and 

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

The Trustee may fix a Record Date and Interest Payment Date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant
to Section 6.07 (“Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment”) hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

  
 82 

 Section 6.12. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall
impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article VI or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as
often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 ARTICLE VII. 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01. Duties of
Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in
it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action,
its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect
of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good
faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 (“Control by Majority”) hereof. 

  
 83 

 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any
way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture
will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to
the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee will not be liable for
interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless the Trustee shall have received notice of a
Default or an Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 
 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper
Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting,
it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee
may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance
thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any
agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes
to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this
Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
 (f) The
Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably
satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

(g) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company with respect to the covenants contained in Article IV. 

(h) Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.17 is for informational purposes only and the
Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as
to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 

  
 84 

 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest as described under the TIA it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC
for permission to continue as Trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 (“Eligibility;
Disqualification”) and 7.11 (“Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company”) hereof. 
 Section 7.04. Trustee’s
Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or
the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or
application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant
to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a
notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after the Trustee gains knowledge of such continuing Default or Event of Default unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice. The
Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except in the case of a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal
of, or interest or premium, if any, on, the Notes. 
 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

(a) Within 60 days after each September 15th beginning with the September 15th following the Issue Date, and for so long as Notes
remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months
preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the
Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

  
 85 

 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a) The Company will pay to the Trustee (in its capacity as Trustee and, to the extent it has been appointed as such, Paying Agent and
Registrar) (each, an “Indemnified Party”) from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a
Trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse each Indemnified Party promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will
include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Indemnified Party’s agents and counsel. 
 (b) The Company will
indemnify the Indemnified Party against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of
enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection
with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Indemnified Party will notify the Company promptly of any
claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Indemnified Party to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company will defend the claim and the Indemnified Party will cooperate in the defense.
Each Indemnified Party may have separate counsel but the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 

(c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

(d) To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, each Indemnified Party will have a Lien prior to the Notes on
all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes pursuant to Article VIII hereof. Such Lien will survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e) When an Indemnified Party incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(9) or (10) (“Events of Default”) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent
applicable. 

  
 86 

 Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor
Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be
discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company
may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 (“Eligibility;
Disqualification”) hereof; 
 (2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with
respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
property; or 
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least three months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10 (“Eligibility; Disqualification”) hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders.
The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the retiring Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07
(“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof will continue for
the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

  
 87 

 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0
million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
 Section 7.11. Preferential
Collection of Claims Against Company. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in
TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

ARTICLE VIII. 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE
AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) or 8.03
(“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII. 

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 (“Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof
of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, be deemed
to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal
Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding”
only for the purposes of Section 8.05 (“Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions”) hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and
(2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except
for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (1) the rights
of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.05 (“Deposited
Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions”) hereof; 

  
 88 

 (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Article II and
Section 4.02 (“Maintenance of Office or Agency”) concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security
payments held in trust; 
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s and
the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of this Indenture. 

Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its
option under Section 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof. 
 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 (“Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof of the
option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, be released from
each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”), 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”), 4.09 (“Liens”), 4.10 (“Dividend and Other
Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries”), 4.11 (“Transactions with Affiliates”), 4.12 (“Business Activities”), 4.13 (“Termination of Covenants”), 4.15 (“Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted
Subsidiaries”), 4.16 (“Payments for Consent”), 4.17 (“Reports”), 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”), 4.19 (“Asset Sales”), clauses (a) and (c) of Section 4.20 (“Sale
and Leaseback Transactions”) and 4.21 (“Secured Indebtedness”) hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 (“Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets”) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date
the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding”
for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For
this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any
such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in 

  
 89 

 
any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture
and such Notes and Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(8) (“Events of Default”) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. 

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and
Discharge”) or 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof: 
 (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the
Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the
opinion of an independent registered public accounting firm, independent investment banking firm of nationally-recognized standing or other comparable financial professional, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, and Additional
Interest, if any, on, the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to
the Trustee confirming that: 
 (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue
Service a ruling; or 
 (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not
recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal
Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”)
hereof, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of
such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

  
 90 

 (4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of
such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit or the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings or any portion thereof) or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or
insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the day of deposit; 

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any material
agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound, or if such breach or default would occur, which is not
waived as of, and for all purposes, on an after the date of such defeasance; 
 (6) the Company must have delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that after the 91st day following a deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; 
 (7) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Notes over the other creditors of the Company and the Guarantors with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or
defrauding creditors of the Company, any Guarantor or others; and 
 (8) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

Subject to Section 8.06 (“Repayment to Company”) hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the
proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”)
hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company
acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law. 
 The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed
against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or
other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

  
 91 

 Notwithstanding anything in this Article VIII to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to
the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof which, in the opinion of a
nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant
Defeasance”) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

Section 8.06. Repayment to Company. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium,
if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from
such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as Trustee
thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times or The Wall Street
Journal, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to
the Company. 
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Sections 8.02
(“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) or 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance
and Discharge”) or 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) or 8.03
(“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company
will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 92 

 ARTICLE IX. 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 (“With Consent of Holders of Notes”) of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the
Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of Notes: 
 (1) to cure any
ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Certificated
Notes; 
 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in
the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, including the addition of any required co-issuer of the Notes; 

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely
affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; 
 (5) to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes and
related Subsidiary Guarantees or Additional Notes and related Subsidiary Guarantees in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(6) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

 (7) to add any Restricted Subsidiary as an additional Guarantor as provided in this Indenture or to evidence the
succession of another Person to the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor until the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants and agreements of the Company, such Guarantor or such obligor
contained in this Indenture, the Notes and in any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor, including the addition of any required co-issuer of the Notes; 

(8) to release a Guarantor from its obligations under this Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to this Indenture;

 (9) to provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor Trustee as provided in this Indenture; 

(10) to add to the covenants of the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor under the Notes for the benefit of the Holders
of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor or any other obligor under the Notes, as applicable, in this Indenture, in the Notes or in any Subsidiary Guarantee; 

  
 93 

 (11) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary; and 

(12) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of
Notes” included in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” included in the Offering Memorandum contains text or provisions that are intended to be set forth verbatim in this Indenture,
the Notes or Subsidiary Guarantees. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the
execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) (“Rights of Trustee”) hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and, other than with respect
to any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 4.14 (“Additional Subsidiary Guarantees”), the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture
and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this
Indenture or otherwise. 
 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with
the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any
existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
(including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Sections 2.08 (“Outstanding Notes”) and Section 2.09 (“Treasury Notes”) hereof shall
determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 Without the consent of each
Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or wavier may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(1) reduce the percentage in principal amount of such outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement
or waiver; 
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter any of the provisions with
respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than the provisions described above under Sections 3.07 (“Optional Redemption”), 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”) and 4.19 (“Asset Sales”); 

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, or Additional Interest,
if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the Payment Default that resulted from such acceleration); 

  
 94 

 (5) make any Note payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes; 

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes
to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes; 
 (7) waive a
redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.07 (“Optional Redemption”), 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”) and 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) hereof); 

(8) make any change in the raking or priority of any Note that would adversely affect the Holder of such Note; 

(9) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (10) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions. 

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if
such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. 
 Section 9.03. Compliance with TIA. 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the
TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms
and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a Record Date for the purpose of determining the
Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a Record Date is fixed, then notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such Record Date (or their duly designated
proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such Record Date. 

  
 95 

 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental Indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental Indenture,
the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 (“Duties of Trustee”) hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 (“Certificate and Opinion as
to Conditions Precedent”) hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 

ARTICLE X. 
 SATISFACTION AND
DISCHARGE 
 Section 10.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when: 

(1) either: 

(A) all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or
paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust as provided in this Indenture, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(B) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and
payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise and, the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in
U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the
entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 

  
 96 

 (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of
the deposit or will occur immediately after giving effect to the deposit and the deposit will not result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by
which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all
sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under
this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In
addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause
(1)(b) of this Section 10.01, the provisions of Sections 10.02 (“Application of Trust Money”) and 8.06 (“Repayment to Company”) hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 10.01 will be deemed to
discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

Section 10.02. Application of Trust Money. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.05 (“Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions”) hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.01 (“Satisfaction and Discharge”) hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for
whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 10.01
(“Satisfaction and Discharge”) hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and
any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 10.01 (“Satisfaction and Discharge”) hereof; provided that if the Company
has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or
Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 97 

 ARTICLE XI. 

GUARANTEES 
 Section 11.01. Guarantee.

 (a) Subject to this Article XI, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 

(1) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity,
by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in
full, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
 (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal
of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due, in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the
same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
 (b) The Guarantors hereby
agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with
respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each
Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands
whatsoever and covenant that this Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete payment of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 

(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee,
liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full
force and effect. 

  
 98 

 (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to
the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other
hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become
due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders
under the Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 Section 11.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary
Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to
any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such
maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of each such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any
other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article XI, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

Section 11.03. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee. 

To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, on the Issue Date each initial Guarantor hereby shall be required
to have a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor (by manual or facsimile signature) on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this
Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee
set forth in Section 11.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee. 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 
 The delivery of
any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 

  
 99 

 Subsequent to the date of this Indenture, in the event a Restricted Subsidiary is required by
Section 4.14 (“Additional Subsidiary Guarantees”) to guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, the Company will cause such Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.14
(“Additional Subsidiary Guarantees”) hereof and this Article XI, to the extent applicable. 
 Section 11.04. Guarantors May Consolidate,
etc., on Certain Terms. 
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 (“Releases”) hereof, if the Subsidiary Guarantee
of a Guarantor has not been released, such Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the transferee, resulting or surviving
Person), another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 
 (1) immediately after giving effect to that
transaction, no Default exists; and 
 (2) either: 

(A) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company or another Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to a supplemental Indenture
satisfactory to the Trustee and an amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (B) the Net Proceeds of such sale or
other disposition are applied in accordance with Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”). 
 provided, however, that the transfer, sale or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of, directly or indirectly, the Guarantors as a whole will be governed by Article V and may be subject to Section 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”).

 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental
Indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be
performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the
Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal
rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

Notwithstanding clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 11.04, any Guarantor may merge with another Subsidiary that has no
significant assets or liabilities and was incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating that Guarantor in another U.S. jurisdiction so long as the amount of the Company’s Indebtedness and the Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiaries
is not increased as a result of the merger. 

  
 100 

 Section 11.05. Releases. 

The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released: 

(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by
way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”)
hereof; 
 (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of such amount of Capital Stock as would result in such
Guarantor no longer being a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with
Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”); 
 (3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.15 (“Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries”) hereof; 

(4) if the guarantee by a Guarantor of all other Indebtedness of the Company or any other Guarantor is released, terminated or
discharged, except by, or as a result of, payment by such Guarantor under such guarantee; 
 (5) upon Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article VIII hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article X hereof; or 

(6) if the Guarantor becomes an Immaterial Subsidiary. 

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee as provided in this Section 11.05 will remain liable for
the full amount of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article XI. 

ARTICLE XII. 
 MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 12.01. TIA Controls. 
 The
terms of the Notes include those stated herein and those made part of this Indenture by the TIA, which applies to this Indenture and is incorporated by reference herein. If and to the extent any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or
conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control. 

  
 101 

 Section 12.02. Notices. 

Any notice or communication by either of the Company or any Guarantor, on the one hand, or the Trustee, on the other hand, to the other is
duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

If to the Company or any Guarantor: 

Pioneer Energy Services Corp. 

1250 N.E. Loop 410, Suite 1000 

San Antonio, Texas 78209 

Attention: Corporate Secretary 

Facsimile: (210) 678-4804 

with copies to: 

Fulbright & Jaworski LLP 

300 Convent Street, Suite 2100 

San Antonio, Texas 78205-3792 

Attention: Mr. Daryl L. Lansdale, Jr. 

Facsimile: (210) 270-7205 

If to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association 
 750 N. Saint Paul Place, Suite 1750 

Dallas, Texas 75201 
 Attention:
John C. Stohlmann 
 Facsimile No.: (214) 756-7401 

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: (i) at the
time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; (ii) five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; (iii) when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and (iv) the next Business Day after
timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder
will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so
mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

  
 102 

 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed,
it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a
copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this
Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its
designee), pursuant to the customary procedures of such Depositary. 
 A copy of this Indenture and, so long as it is in effect, the
Registration Rights Agreement may be requested in writing by a Holder for no charge. 
 Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other
Holders of Notes. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under
this Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees. The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 

Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Company and/or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action or to refrain from taking any action
under this Indenture, the Company and/or such Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 (“Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion”) hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set
forth in Section 12.05 (“Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion”) hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel (who may rely on such Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact), all such conditions precedent and
covenants have been satisfied. 
 Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include: 

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

  
 103 

 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement
that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 

Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and
set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 

No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder or other owner of Equity Interests of the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation. Each Holder of a Note by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal
securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such waiver is against public policy. 
 Section 12.08. Governing Law. 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. 

Section 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 12.10. Successors. 

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will
bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 (“Releases”) hereof. 

  
 104 

 Section 12.11. Severability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 12.12. Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. 
 Section 12.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 12.14. Benefit of Indenture. 

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any
Registrar and its successors hereunder, and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 

  
 105 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

					
	PIONEER ENERGY SERVICES CORP.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lorne E. Phillips

		 	Name:	 	Lorne E. Phillips
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	PIONEER DRILLING SERVICES, LTD.,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lorne E. Phillips

		 	Name:	 	Lorne E. Phillips
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	PIONEER PRODUCTION SERVICES, INC.,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lorne E. Phillips

		 	Name:	 	Lorne E. Phillips
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	PIONEER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lorne E. Phillips

		 	Name:	 	Lorne E. Phillips
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	PIONEER WIRELINE SERVICES HOLDINGS, INC., as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lorne E. Phillips

		 	Name:	 	Lorne E. Phillips
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  
 Indenture
Signature Page 

 
					
	PIONEER WIRELINE SERVICES, LLC,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lorne E. Phillips

		 	Name:	 	Lorne E. Phillips
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	PIONEER WELL SERVICES, LLC,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lorne E. Phillips

		 	Name:	 	Lorne E. Phillips
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	PIONEER FISHING & RENTAL SERVICES, LLC, as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lorne E. Phillips

		 	Name:	 	Lorne E. Phillips
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	PIONEER COILED TUBING SERVICES, LLC, as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lorne E. Phillips

		 	Name:	 	Lorne E. Phillips
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John C. Stohlmann

		 	Name:	 	John C. Stohlmann
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

  
 Indenture
Signature Page 

 EXHIBIT A 

[Face of Rule 144A/Reg S Note] 
  

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture] 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture] 

[Insert Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture] 

ADDITIONAL LEGEND, AS APPLICABLE: THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY IS ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS OF THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE).

 ADDITIONAL LEGEND, AS APPLICABLE: FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE
“CODE”), THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. THE COMPANY AGREES TO PROVIDE PROMPTLY TO THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, THE ISSUE PRICE, THE ISSUE DATE AND THE YIELD TO
MATURITY. ANY SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST SHOULD BE SENT TO CORPORATE SECRETARY, PIONEER ENERGY SERVICES CORP., AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: 1250 N.E. LOOP 410, SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS 78209. 

  
 A-1 

 CUSIP:
[                    ] 
 [Reg S:
[                    ]] 
 6.125% Senior
Notes due 2022 
  

			
	No. S-1	  	$        

 PIONEER ENERGY SERVICES CORP., a Texas corporation, 

for value received, promises to pay to
                     or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
                                         DOLLARS
on March 15, 2022. 
 Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15 

Record Dates: March 1 and September 1 
 Date of
Original Issuance: March 18, 2014 
  

			
	PIONEER ENERGY SERVICES CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-2 

			
	This is one of the 6.125% Senior Notes due 2022 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
		
	Dated as of:	 	 March 18, 2014

			
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-3 

 [Back of Note] 

6.125% Senior Notes due 2022 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 

(1) INTEREST. Pioneer Energy Services Corp., a Texas corporation (the
“Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate of 6.125% per annum, from the date hereof until maturity [and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement
– the preceding clause not to be included in the Exchange Notes]. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next
succeeding Business Day, provided that no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent Interest Payment Date or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance;
provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such
next succeeding Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In addition, the Company may pay Default Interest as provided for in Section 6.01 (“Events of
Default”) of the Indenture. All references to “interest” in this Note and the Indenture mean the initial interest rate borne by the Notes, any Overdue Interest that accrues as described under Section 2.12 (“Overdue Interest;
Default Interest; Additional Interest”) of the Indenture and Default Interest [and Additional Interest – the preceding clause not to be included in the Exchange Notes] (unless the Indenture states otherwise). 

[This Exchange Note was issued in connection with the Exchange Offer pursuant to which the 6.125% Senior Notes due 2022 in like
principal amount were exchanged for Exchange Notes. The Exchange Notes rank pari passu in right of payment with the Initial Notes. For any period in which the Initial Note exchanged for this Exchange Note was outstanding, Additional Interest may be
due and owing on the Initial Note in connection with the Registration Rights Agreement. – to be inserted in the Exchange Notes] 

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the
Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on March 1 or September 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest
Payment Date (except as provided in Section 2.12 (“Overdue Interest; Default Interest; Additional Interest”) of the Indenture with respect to Overdue Interest and in Section 6.01 (“Events of Default’) of the Indenture
with respect to Default Interest [and Additional Interest – not to be included in Exchange Notes]). [The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
– not to be inserted in the Exchange Notes] The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of
interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders 

  
 A-4 

 
at their addresses set forth in the security register of Holders; provided that (1) payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal
of, and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent and (2) such payment by check may only be paid so long as no
Event of Default under the Indenture is continuing. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The principal of the Notes shall be
payable only upon surrender of any Note at the specified offices of the Paying Agent. 
 (3) PAYING
AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent
or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity; provided no Event of Default is continuing. 

(4) INDENTURE[; REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT – not to be
inserted in Exchange Notes]. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 18, 2014 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the
Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent
any provision of this Note conflicts with the Indenture, the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. [Holders are entitled to the benefits of the
Registration Rights Agreement – not to be inserted in Exchange Notes.] 
 (5)
RANKING. The Notes will constitute senior unsecured obligations of the Company. 
 (6)
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. The Notes are subject to redemption as provided in Section 3.07 (“Optional Redemption”) of the Indenture. 

(7) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company is not required to make mandatory
redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 (8) REPURCHASE AT
THE OPTION OF HOLDER. 
 (A) If there is a
Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101%
of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days
following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder of the Notes describing the transaction 

  
 A-5 

 
or transactions that constitute the Change of Control offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days
from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures described in the Indenture and in such notice. 
 (B) If the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates an Asset Sale pursuant to Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) of the Indenture, the Company, in circumstances specified in the Indenture, may be required to commence an offer to
all Holders of Notes and, to the extent required, all holders of other Indebtedness of the Company that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or
redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets pursuant to Section 3.09 (“Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds”) of the Indenture, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (purchased, in respect to each Holder, in
an amount not less than $2,000 and thereafter, in integral multiples of $1,000) and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal
amount of the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased or the lesser amount required under agreements governing such other pari passu Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase, in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased
by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
 (9)
NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its
registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in
denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. 

(10) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in
registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require
a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a
selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a Record Date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 

  
 A-6 

 (11) PERSONS DEEMED
OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as its owner for all purposes. Only registered Holders have rights under the Indenture and this Note. 

(12) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and any existing
Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without
the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency and to effect certain other changes as set forth in the Indenture. 

(13) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. If any Event of Default occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default
arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject
to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing
Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing
Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is
required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

(14) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The
Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 

(15) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director,
officer, employee, manager, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder or other owner of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the
Notes, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of a Note by accepting the Note waives and releases all
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the 

  
 A-7 

 
consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such waiver is against public
policy. 
 (16) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the
manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (17) ABBREVIATIONS.
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=
Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 (18) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant
to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to
Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

(19) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS
NOTE AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. 
 (20) [ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF
HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTES. In addition to the rights
provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Certificated Notes issued on the Issue Date shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, among the Company, the Guarantors and
the parties named on the signature pages thereof. – not to be inserted in Exchange Notes] 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written
request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 PIONEER ENERGY SERVICES CORP. 

1250 N.E. Loop 410, Suite 1000 
 San Antonio, Texas 78209 

Attention: Corporate Secretary 

  
 A-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	 	  

		 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)
	  

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	  

	  

	  

	  

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

  

			
	and irrevocably appoint	 	  

	to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 		 	
					
		 		 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

									
					
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  
	 		 		 	

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-9 

 Option of Holder to Elect Purchase 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”) or
Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  

							
	 ̈	 	Section 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”)	 	 ̈	 	Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”)

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.18 (“Offer to
Repurchase Upon Change of Control”) or Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 

$         
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 		 	
					
		 		 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

									
					
		 		 		 	Tax Identification No.:	 	  

									
					
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  
	 		 		 	

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-10 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 
 The following exchanges of a
part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Certificated Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Certificated Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
Decrease in
Principal Amount
at Maturity of this
Global Note	  	Amount of
Increase in
Principal Amount
at Maturity of this
Global Note	  	Principal Amount
at Maturity 
of this Global
Note following
such Decrease 
or Increase	  	Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-11 

 EXHIBIT B-1 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Pioneer Energy
Services Corp. 
 1250 N.E. Loop 410, Suite 1000 
 San Antonio,
Texas 78209 
 Attention: Corporate Secretary 
 If to the
Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 750 N.
Saint Paul Place, Suite 1750 
 Dallas, Texas 75201 
 Attention:
John C. Stohlmann 
 Facsimile No.: (214) 756-7401 

Re: 6.125% Senior Notes due 2022 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 18, 2014 (the “Indenture”), among Pioneer Energy Services Corp., as
issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                    , (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Transfer”), to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with
the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Rule
144A Global Note or a Certificated Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”),
and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Certificated Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Certificated Note for its
own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction
meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities
Act. 
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note or a Certificated Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the
Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further 

  
 B-1-1 

 
certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such
Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market
and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or
Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note
and/or the Certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 3.  ̈
Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Certificated Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with
the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Certificated Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 

or 
 (b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof; 
 or 

(c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. 
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Certificated Note.  

(a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer
is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and
(ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of
the Indenture, the transferred 

  
 B-1-2 

 
beneficial interest or Certificated Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted
Certificated Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is
Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Certificated Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Certificated Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained
in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest
or Certificated Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Certificated Notes and in the Indenture. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

									
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 		 	

  
 B-1-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) or (b)]

  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or 

 

	 	(ii)	Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or 

 

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Certificated Note. 

  

	2.	After the Transfer, the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 

 

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or 

 

	 	(ii)	Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or 

 

	 	(iii)	Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or 

 

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Certificated Note, or 

  

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Certificated Note, 

 in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-1-4 

 EXHIBIT B-2 

FORM OF INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATE 

[Date] 
 Pioneer Energy Services Corp. 

1250 N.E. Loop 410, Suite 1000 
 San Antonio, Texas 78209 

Attention: Corporate Secretary 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association 
 750 N. Saint Paul Place, Suite 1750 
 Dallas,
Texas 75201 
 Attention: John C. Stohlmann 
 Facsimile No.:
(214) 756-7401 
  

	 	Re:	6.125% Senior Notes due 2022 

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $         principal amount of the 6.125%
Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Securities”) of Pioneer Energy Services Corp., a Texas corporation (the “Company”). 

Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 

 

					
	Name:	 	  
	 	
			
	Address:	 	  
	 	
			
	Taxpayer ID Number:	 	  
	 	

 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Securities, and we are
acquiring the Securities for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be
capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in the Securities and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Securities in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear
the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 2. We understand that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act
and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Securities
prior to the date that is one year after 

  
 B-2-1 

 
the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Securities (or any predecessor thereto) (the
“Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements
of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “QIB”) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that
the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor”
within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount
of Securities of $250,000 or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the
property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction
Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in
the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act) and that it is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or
other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Securities pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the
Trustee. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

									
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	[Insert Name of Transferee]
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:	 	
		 		 		 	Title:	 	
					
	Dated:	 		 		 		 	

  
 B-2-2 

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Pioneer Energy
Services Corp. 
 1250 N.E. Loop 410, Suite 1000 
 San Antonio,
Texas 78209 
 Attention: Corporate Secretary 
 If to the
Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 750 N.
Saint Paul Place, Suite 1750 
 Dallas, Texas 75201 
 Attention:
John C. Stohlmann 
 Facsimile No.: (214) 756-7401 
  

	Re:	6.125% Senior Notes due 2022 

 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 18,
2014 (the “Indenture”), among Pioneer Energy Services Corp., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined
herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                    , (the “Owner”) owns
and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the
Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of Restricted Certificated Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted
Global Note for Unrestricted Certificated Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Certificated Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note for an Unrestricted Certificated Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Certificated Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the
transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the  

  
 C-1 

 
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Certificated Note
is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Certificated Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Certificated Note for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the
transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Certificated Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  

(d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Certificated Note to Unrestricted Certificated Note.
In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Certificated Note for an Unrestricted Certificated Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Certificated Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without
transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Certificated Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained
in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Certificated Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws
of any state of the United States. 
 2. Exchange of Restricted Certificated Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
for Restricted Certificated Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
 (a)  ̈
Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Certificated Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Certificated Note
with an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Certificated Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture, the Restricted Certificated Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities
Act. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Certificated Note to beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ Rule 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and
(ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in

  
 C-2 

 
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial
interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

									
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 		 	

  
 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF NOTATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE 

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of March 18, 2014 (the “Indenture”) among Pioneer Energy Services Corp., (the “Company”), the
Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes, when due, whether at maturity,
by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of
time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The
obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture, and the limitations thereon, are expressly set forth in Article XI of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the
Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 
  

					
	PIONEER ENERGY SERVICES CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Wm. Stacy Locke
		 	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer and President
	
	PIONEER DRILLING SERVICES, LTD.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	PIONEER PRODUCTION SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  
 D-1 

 
					
	PIONEER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	PIONEER WIRELINE SERVICES HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	PIONEER WIRELINE SERVICES, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	PIONEER WELL SERVICES, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	PIONEER FISHING & RENTAL SERVICES, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	PIONEER COILED TUBING SERVICES, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  
 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO
BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
            , 20    , among             (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of
Pioneer Energy Services Corp. (or its permitted successor), a Texas corporation (the “Company”), the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of March 18, 2014
providing for the issuance of 6.125% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain
circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the
Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01
(“Without Consent of Holders of Notes”) of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby
guarantees the Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes related thereto pursuant to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture, such Article XI being incorporated by reference herein as if set forth at length herein
(each such guarantee, a “Subsidiary Guarantee”), and such Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees to be bound as a Guarantor under the Indenture as if it had been an initial signatory thereto; provided that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary can be
released from its Subsidiary Guarantee to the same extent as any other Guarantor under the Indenture. 
 3. NO RECOURSE
AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder or other owner of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as such, will have any liability for
any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder
of a Note by accepting the Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

  
 E-1 

 4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. 
 5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 6. EFFECT
OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 7.
THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of
which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

  
 E-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the
date first above written. 
 Dated:             , 20     

 

			
	[NEW GUARANTOR]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	PIONEER ENERGY SERVICES CORP., as the Company
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 E-3EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

by and among 
 Pioneer
Energy Services Corp. 
 Pioneer Drilling Services, Ltd. 

Pioneer Production Services, Inc. 

Pioneer Global Holdings, Inc. 

Pioneer Wireline Services Holdings, Inc. 

Pioneer Wireline Services, LLC 

Pioneer Well Services, LLC 

Pioneer Fishing & Rental Services, LLC 

Pioneer Coiled Tubing Services, LLC 

and 
 Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated 
 as representative of the Initial Purchasers 

Dated as of March 18, 2014 

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 18, 2014, by and among Pioneer
Energy Services Corp., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), Pioneer Drilling Services, Ltd., Pioneer Production Services, Inc., Pioneer Global Holdings, Inc., Pioneer Wireline Services Holdings, Inc., Pioneer Wireline Services, LLC,
Pioneer Well Services, LLC, Pioneer Fishing & Rental Services, LLC and Pioneer Coiled Tubing Services, LLC (collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as representative of the
initial purchasers listed on Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”), who, acting severally and not jointly, have agreed to purchase the respective amounts set forth in such Schedule
A of an $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of additional 6.125% Senior Notes due 2022 of the Company (the “Notes”) fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
The Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as the “Securities.” 
 This Agreement is made
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated March 4, 2014 (the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the
holders from time to time of the Securities, including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Securities, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution
and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 5(f) of the Purchase Agreement. 

The parties hereby agree as follows: 

SECTION 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 

Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 

Business Day: Each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized
or required by law to close. 
 Closing Date: The date of this Agreement. 

Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. 

Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of
(i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously
effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities
in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Securities that were validly tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 

 Effectiveness Target Date: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 

Exchange Offer: The registration by the Company and the Guarantors under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a
Registration Statement pursuant to which the Company and the Guarantors offer the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for
Exchange Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities validly tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders. 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.

 Exempt Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers propose to sell the Securities to certain “qualified
institutional buyers,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

Exchange Securities: The 6.125% Senior Notes due 2022, identical in all material respects to the Notes, including the Guarantees
attached thereto, except for their CUSIP numbers and references to series and restrictive legends, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement. 

FINRA: The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. 

Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof. 

Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof. 

Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of March 18, 2014 each by and among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as
trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or further supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Company of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 Initial Purchasers: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Indenture and the Securities. 

Notes: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or
agency or political subdivision thereof. 

  
 2 

 Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or
supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 

Purchase Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors relating to (a) an offering of Exchange
Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the
Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein. 

Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 

Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 

Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Security, until the earlier to occur of (a) the date on which such Security is exchanged in
the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and (b) the date on which such Security has been effectively
registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement. 
 Trust Indenture Act:
The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect on the date of the Indenture. 

Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for
reoffering to the public. 
 SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement. 

(a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted
Securities. 
 (b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities. 

  
 3 

 SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer. 

(a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in
Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) file with the Commission a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer, (ii) use
commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than 365 days after the Closing Date (or if such 365th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day), (iii) in connection with the foregoing, file (A) all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, a
post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the
state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) promptly after the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer
shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c)
hereof. 
 (b) If an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is required pursuant to Section 3(a) above, the Company and the
Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal
and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company shall cause the
Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has become effective, but in no event later than 390 days after the Closing Date (or if such 390th day is not a Business Day,
the next succeeding Business Day). 
 (c) The Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the
Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the
meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus
delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect
to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall 

  
 4 

 
not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the
date of this Agreement. 
 If an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is required pursuant to Section 3(a) above, the Company and the
Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that
it is available for resales of Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities
Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and
(ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities. 

The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time
during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales. 
 SECTION 4. Shelf
Registration. 
 (a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company and the Guarantors are not required to file an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement or to Consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), (ii) for any
reason the Exchange Offer is not Consummated within 390 days after the Closing Date (or if such 390th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), or (iii) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities
(A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering
a prospectus (other than by reason of such Holder’s status as an affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor) and the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such
Holder, or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Securities acquired directly from the Company or one of its affiliates, then, upon such Holder’s request, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 

(x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment
to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”) on or prior to the earliest to occur of (1) the 30th day after the date on which the Company determines that it is not required to file
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (2) the 30th day after the date on which the Company receives notice from a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities as contemplated by clause (iii) above, and (3) the 390th day after the
Closing Date (or if such 390th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (such earliest date being the “Shelf Filing Deadline”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted
Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and 
 (y)
use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or before the 90th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline (or if such 90th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day). 

  
 5 

 The Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf
Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Securities by the Holders of Transfer
Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to
time, for a period of at least one year following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such
Shelf Registration Statement). 
 (b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration
Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within
20 days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any
Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.

 SECTION 5. Additional Interest. If (i) any of the Registration Statements required by this Agreement have not been
declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness in this Agreement (the “Effectiveness Target Date”), (ii) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated within 60 days after the Effectiveness
Target Date with respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (iii) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its
intended purpose for more than 30 calendar days (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii), a “Registration Default”), the Company hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall
be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such
increase exceed 1.00% per annum (each such increase the “Additional Interest”). Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Transfer Restricted Securities, the interest rate borne by the relevant
Transfer Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs,
the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions. 

  
 6 

 All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are
outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full.

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the amount of Additional Interest payable shall not increase because more than one Registration
Default has occurred and is pending and (ii) a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that is not entitled to the benefits of the Shelf Registration Statement (because, e.g., such Holder has not timely delivered requested information to the
Company pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof) shall not be entitled to Additional Interest with respect to a Registration Default that pertains to the Shelf Registration Statement. 

The Additional Interest set forth above shall be the exclusive monetary remedy available to Holders for any Registration Default. 

SECTION 6. Registration Procedures. 

(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all
of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution
thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions: 
 (i) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company
there is a question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable law, the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and the Guarantors to
Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Securities. The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially unreasonable action to effect a
change of Commission policy. The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the Company setting
forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of such submission. 

(ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution (within the
meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities
shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby 

  
 7 

 
acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could
not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available
May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and
(2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration
statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for
Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company. 
 (b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the
Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted
Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company and the Guarantors will as expeditiously as is commercially reasonable prepare and file with the Commission a
Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution
thereof. 
 (c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this
Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Securities by Broker-Dealers), the Company and the
Guarantors shall: 
 (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously
effective and provide all requisite financial statements (including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the Guarantors) for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable; upon
the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted
Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either
clause (A) or (B), use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter;

 (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration
Statement as may be necessary to keep the 

  
 8 

 
Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities
covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the
applicable provisions of Rules 424, 430A and 430B under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the
applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; 

(iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, confirm such advice in
writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of
any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of
any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, and (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement
thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the
Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of
the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, the Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time; 

(iv) furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and
each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents
incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five
Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which an Initial
Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in writing 

  
 9 

 
within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser
or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission; 

(v) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or
Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and to the underwriter(s), if any, make the Company’s and the Guarantors’ representatives available for
discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request; 

(vi) make available, subject to customary confidentiality agreements, at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial
Purchasers, the managing underwriter(s), if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other
records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder,
underwriter, attorney or accountant, in each case as shall be reasonably necessary to enable any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant to exercise any applicable responsibilities in connection with such Registration Statement or any
post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness and to participate in meetings with investors to the extent requested by the managing underwriter(s), if any; 

(vii) if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or
Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating
to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other
terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to
be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 
 (viii) cause the Transfer Restricted Securities
covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby or the underwriter(s), if any; 

(ix) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least
one copy of the Registration Statement, as 

  
 10 

 
first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits
incorporated therein by reference); 
 (x) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without
charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Company and the Guarantors hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus and any
amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
thereto; 
 (xi) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and make such representations and
warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as
may be reasonably requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and in connection
with any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 

(A) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they
may reasonably request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon the date of the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement: 

(1) a certificate, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, signed by (y) the President or
any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of each of the Company and the Guarantors, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 5(e) of the
Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request; 
 (2) an opinion, dated the date of
effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors, covering the matters set forth in Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matter as such parties may reasonably request, and in any
event including a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company and the Guarantors, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company and the
Guarantors, representatives of the underwriter(s), if any, and counsel to the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and have considered the matters required to be
stated therein and the statements contained therein, although such counsel has not 

  
 11 

 
independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing (relying in respect of questions of fact
relating to the determination of materiality to an extent such counsel deemed appropriate upon discussions with officers and other representatives of the Company), no facts came to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe
that the Shelf Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently
verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules and other financial data included in any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and 

(3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, from the Company’s
independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily requested to be covered in comfort letters to underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, and covering or affirming the matters set forth
in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Purchase Agreement, without exception; 
 (B) set forth
in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and 

(C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with
Section 6(c)(xi)(A) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company or any of the Guarantors pursuant to this Section 6(c)(xi), if any. 

If at any time the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contemplated in Section 6(c)(xi)(A)(1)
hereof cease to be true and correct, the Company or the Guarantors shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriter(s), if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing; 

(xii) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s),
if any, and their respective counsel in 

  
 12 

 
connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or
underwriter(s), if any, may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided,
however, that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to
taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; 

(xiii) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange
Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Securities being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Securities; in return, the Securities
held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation; 
 (xiv) cooperate with the selling Holders and the
underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such
denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s); 

(xv) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to
be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities,
subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof; 
 (xvi) if any fact or event contemplated by
Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document
so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not
misleading; 
 (xvii) provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration
Statement covering such Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and take all other action necessary to ensure
that all such Securities are eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; 
 (xviii) cooperate and assist in any
filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and
regulations of FINRA; 

  
 13 

 (xix) otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable
rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period
(A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning
with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement; 

(xx) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first
Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance
with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the
Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; 
 (xxi) cause all Securities covered by the
Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities or
the managing underwriter(s), if any; and 
 (xxii) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document filed with the
Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange Act. 
 Each Holder agrees by acquisition of
a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted
Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the
“Advice”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will
deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such
notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period
from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or
amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) 

  
 14 

 
hereof or shall have received the Advice; provided, however, that no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to
Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the Company’s option to suspend use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of
Section 5 hereof. 
 SECTION 7. Registration Expenses. 

(a) All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the
Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial
Purchaser or Holder with FINRA (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses of
compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger
and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in
connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the
Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance). 
 The Company and
the Guarantors will, in any event, bear their internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of their officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and
expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company or the Guarantors. 
 (b) In connection with the Shelf
Registration Statement required by this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement
for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Jones Day or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Shelf
Registration Statement is being prepared. 
 SECTION 8. Indemnification. 

(a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder, (ii) each Person,
if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “controlling
person”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as
an “Indemnified Holder”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and 

  
 15 

 
all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing,
pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified
Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or
any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company by any
of the Holders expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or any of the Guarantors may otherwise have. 

In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted
against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company or the Guarantors, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company
and the Guarantors in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve any of the Company or the Guarantors of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement except and then only to the extent that it has
been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure. Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid,
as incurred, by the Company and the Guarantors (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Company and the Guarantors shall not, in connection with any one such
action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one
separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by the Holders. The Company and the Guarantors shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding
effected with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and each of the Company and the Guarantors agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and
against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors shall not, without the prior written consent of each
Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought
hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim,
litigation or proceeding. 
 (b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and
hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and their respective directors, 

  
 16 

 
officers of the Company and the Guarantors who sign a Registration Statement, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act) the Company or any of the Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to
each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or proceeding shall be
brought against the Company, the Guarantors or their respective directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights
and duties given the Company and the Guarantors, and the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph. 

(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or
(b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of
indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total gross proceeds to the Company
and the Guarantors from the Initial Placement), the amount of Additional Interest which did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments actions or
expenses, and such Registration Statement, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or
omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and of the Indemnified Holder on the
other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or any of
the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a
party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses
reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. 
 The Company, the Guarantors and each
Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by
any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities
or expenses referred 

  
 17 

 
to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in
connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in
excess of the amount by which the total discount received by such Holder with respect to the Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint. 

SECTION 9. Rule 144A. The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted
Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or
beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

SECTION 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder
unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and
executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 

SECTION 11. Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement
who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) that will administer such offering will be selected by the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided, however, that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) must be reasonably satisfactory to the
Company. 
 SECTION 12. Miscellaneous. 

(a) Remedies. The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss
incurred by reason of a breach by them of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. 

(b) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any
agreement with respect to their securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has previously entered 

  
 18 

 
into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not
inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or any of the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof. 

(c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Company will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to
the Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer. 
 (d)
Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has (i) in the case of
Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, obtained the written consent of Holders of a
majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions
hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant
to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly
affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.

 (e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery,
first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar
under the Indenture; and 

  
 19 

 (ii) if to the Company: 

Pioneer Energy Services Corp. 

1250 N.E. Loop 410, Suite 1000 

San Antonio, Texas 78209 

Facsimile: (210) 678-4804 

Attention: Carlos R. Peña 

                 General Counsel 

With a copy to: 

Fulbright & Jaworski LLP 

300 Convent Street, Suite 2200 

San Antonio, Texas 78205-3792 

Facsimile: (210) 270-7205 

Attention: Daryl L. Lansdale, Jr. 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five
Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight
delivery. 
 Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to
the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however,
that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder. 

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

(h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the
meaning hereof. 
 (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or
the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or
impaired thereby. 

  
 20 

 (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final
expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or
undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings
between the parties with respect to such subject matter. 

  
 21 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

					
	PIONEER ENERGY SERVICES CORP.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Wm. Stacy Locke

		 	Name:	 	Wm. Stacy Locke
		 	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer and President
	
	PIONEER DRILLING SERVICES, LTD.
	PIONEER PRODUCTION SERVICES, INC.
	PIONEER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.
	 PIONEER WIRELINE SERVICES HOLDINGS, INC.

	PIONEER WIRELINE SERVICES, LLC
	PIONEER WELL SERVICES, LLC
	 PIONEER FISHING & RENTAL SERVICES, LLC

	 PIONEER COILED TUBING SERVICES, LLC

as Guarantors

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lorne E. Phillips

		 	Name:	 	Lorne E. Phillips
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  
 [Signature page to
Registration Rights Agreement] 

 The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first
above written: 
  

					
	MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

					
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lex Maultsby

		 	Name:	 	Lex Maultsby
		 	Title:	 	Managing Director

  
 [Signature page to
Registration Rights Agreement]

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00228-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00228-of-00352.parquet"}]]